Document:

Indenture, dated as of September 29, 2003, by and among MetroPCS, Inc.

 Exhibit 4.1 
  
 EXECUTION COPY 
  

  
 METROPCS, INC. 
  
 AND EACH OF THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO 
  
 103⁄4% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2011 
  

  
 INDENTURE 
  
 Dated as of September 29, 2003 
  

  
 U.S. Bank National Association 
  
 Trustee 
  

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE* 
  

	 Trust Indenture
 Act
Section

	  	Indenture Section

	 310(a)(1)
	  	7.10
	 (a)(2)
	  	7.10
	 (a)(3)
	  	N.A.
	 (a)(4)
	  	N.A.
	 (a)(5)
	  	7.10
	 (b)
	  	7.08; 7.10
	 (c)
	  	N.A.
	 311(a)
	  	7.11
	 (b)
	  	7.11
	 (c)
	  	N.A.
	 312(a)
	  	2.05
	 (b)
	  	12.03
	 (c)
	  	12.03
	 313(a)
	  	7.06
	 (b)(2)
	  	7.06; 7.07
	 (c)
	  	7.06; 12.02
	 (d)
	  	7.06
	 314(a)
	  	4.03; 4.04; 12.02; 12.05
	 (c)(1)
	  	12.04
	 (c)(2)
	  	12.04
	 (c)(3)
	  	N.A.
	 (e)
	  	12.05
	 (f)
	  	N.A.
	 315(a)
	  	7.01
	 (b)
	  	7.05,12.02
	 (c)
	  	7.01
	 (d)
	  	7.01
	 (e)
	  	6.11
	 316(a) (last sentence)
	  	2.09
	 (a)(1)(A)
	  	6.05
	 (a)(1)(B)
	  	6.04
	 (a)(2)
	  	N.A.
	 (b)
	  	6.07; 9.02
	 (c)
	  	2.12; 9.04
	 317(a)(1)
	  	6.08
	 (a)(2)
	  	6.09
	 (b)
	  	2.04
	 318(a)
	  	12.01
	 (b)
	  	N.A.
	 (c)
	  	12.01

 N.A. means not applicable. 

	*	This Cross Reference Table is not part of this Indenture. 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

	 	  	 	  	Page

	 	  	ARTICLE 1	  	 
	 	  	 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION
 BY REFERENCE
	  	 
	 Section 1.01
	  	 Definitions.
	  	1
	 Section 1.02
	  	 Other Definitions.
	  	21
	 Section 1.03
	  	 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.
	  	21
	 Section 1.04
	  	 Rules of Construction.
	  	21
			
	 	  	ARTICLE 2	  	 
	 	  	THE NOTES	  	 
			
	 Section 2.01
	  	 Form and Dating.
	  	22
	 Section 2.02
	  	 Execution and Authentication.
	  	23
	 Section 2.03
	  	 Registrar and Paying Agent.
	  	24
	 Section 2.04
	  	 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.
	  	24
	 Section 2.05
	  	 Holder Lists.
	  	25
	 Section 2.06
	  	 Transfer and Exchange.
	  	25
	 Section 2.07
	  	 Replacement Notes.
	  	37
	 Section 2.08
	  	 Outstanding Notes.
	  	37
	 Section 2.09
	  	 Treasury Notes.
	  	37
	 Section 2.10
	  	 Temporary Notes.
	  	37
	 Section 2.11
	  	 Cancellation.
	  	38
	 Section 2.12
	  	 Defaulted Interest.
	  	38
			
	 	  	ARTICLE 3	  	 
	 	  	REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT	  	 
			
	 Section 3.01
	  	 Notices to Trustee.
	  	38
	 Section 3.02
	  	 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased.
	  	38
	 Section 3.03
	  	 Notice of Redemption.
	  	39
	 Section 3.04
	  	 Effect of Notice of Redemption.
	  	40
	 Section 3.05
	  	 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.
	  	40
	 Section 3.06
	  	 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part.
	  	40
	 Section 3.07
	  	 Optional Redemption.
	  	40
	 Section 3.08
	  	 Mandatory Redemption.
	  	41
			
	 	  	ARTICLE 4	  	 
	 	  	COVENANTS	  	 
			
	 Section 4.01
	  	 Payment of Notes.
	  	41
	 Section 4.02
	  	 Maintenance of Office or Agency.
	  	41
	 Section 4.03
	  	 Reports.
	  	42
	 Section 4.04
	  	 Compliance Certificate.
	  	43
	 Section 4.05
	  	 Taxes.
	  	43
	 Section 4.06
	  	 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.
	  	44
	 Section 4.07
	  	 Restricted Payments.
	  	44
	 Section 4.08
	  	 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.
	  	47
	 Section 4.09
	  	 Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.
	  	48
	 Section 4.10
	  	 Asset Sales.
	  	51
	 Section 4.11
	  	 Transactions with Affiliates.
	  	55

  

 i 

	 Section 4.12
	  	 Liens.
	  	56
	 Section 4.13
	  	 Business Activities.
	  	56
	 Section 4.14
	  	 Corporate Existence.
	  	56
	 Section 4.15
	  	 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.
	  	57
	 Section 4.16
	  	 Payments for Consent.
	  	58
	 Section 4.17
	  	 Additional Subsidiary Guarantees.
	  	58
	 Section 4.18
	  	 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
	  	58
			
	 	  	ARTICLE 5	  	 
	 	  	SUCCESSORS	  	 
			
	 Section 5.01
	  	 Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets.
	  	59
	 Section 5.02
	  	 Successor Corporation Substituted.
	  	60
			
	 	  	ARTICLE 6	  	 
	 	  	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	  	 
			
	 Section 6.01
	  	 Events of Default.
	  	60
	 Section 6.02
	  	 Acceleration.
	  	62
	 Section 6.03
	  	 Other Remedies.
	  	62
	 Section 6.04
	  	 Waiver of Past Defaults.
	  	63
	 Section 6.05
	  	 Control by Majority.
	  	63
	 Section 6.06
	  	 Limitation on Suits.
	  	63
	 Section 6.07
	  	 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.
	  	64
	 Section 6.08
	  	 Collection Suit by Trustee.
	  	64
	 Section 6.09
	  	 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.
	  	64
	 Section 6.10
	  	 Priorities.
	  	64
	 Section 6.11
	  	 Undertaking for Costs.
	  	65
			
	 	  	ARTICLE 7	  	 
	 	  	TRUSTEE	  	 
			
	 Section 7.01
	  	 Duties of Trustee.
	  	65
	 Section 7.02
	  	 Rights of Trustee.
	  	66
	 Section 7.03
	  	 Individual Rights of Trustee.
	  	67
	 Section 7.04
	  	 Trustee’s Disclaimer.
	  	67
	 Section 7.05
	  	 Notice of Defaults.
	  	67
	 Section 7.06
	  	 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.
	  	67
	 Section 7.07
	  	 Compensation and Indemnity.
	  	67
	 Section 7.08
	  	 Replacement of Trustee.
	  	68
	 Section 7.09
	  	 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.
	  	69
	 Section 7.10
	  	 Eligibility; Disqualification.
	  	69
	 Section 7.11
	  	 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.
	  	69
			
	 	  	ARTICLE 8	  	 
	 	  	LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE	  	 
			
	 Section 8.01
	  	 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
	  	69
	 Section 8.02
	  	 Legal Defeasance and Discharge.
	  	70
	 Section 8.03
	  	 Covenant Defeasance.
	  	70
	 Section 8.04
	  	 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.
	  	71
	 Section 8.05
	  	 Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.
	  	72
	 Section 8.06
	  	 Repayment to Company.
	  	72
	 Section 8.07
	  	 Reinstatement.
	  	73

  

 ii 

	 	  	ARTICLE 9	  	 
	 	  	AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER	  	 
			
	 Section 9.01
	  	 Without Consent of Holders of Notes.
	  	73
	 Section 9.02
	  	 With Consent of Holders of Notes.
	  	74
	 Section 9.03
	  	 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.
	  	75
	 Section 9.04
	  	 Revocation and Effect of Consents.
	  	75
	 Section 9.05
	  	 Notation on or Exchange of Notes.
	  	76
	 Section 9.06
	  	 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.
	  	76
			
	 	  	ARTICLE 10	  	 
	 	  	SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES	  	 
			
	 Section 10.01.
	  	 Guarantee.
	  	76
	 Section 10.02.
	  	 Limitation on Guarantor Liability.
	  	77
	 Section 10.03.
	  	 Execution and Delivery of Subsidiary Guarantee Notation.
	  	77
	 Section 10.04.
	  	 Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms.
	  	78
	 Section 10.05.
	  	 Releases.
	  	79
			
	 	  	ARTICLE 11	  	 
	 	  	SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE	  	 
			
	 Section 11.01
	  	 Satisfaction and Discharge.
	  	79
	 Section 11.02
	  	 Application of Trust Money.
	  	80
			
	 	  	ARTICLE 12	  	 
	 	  	MISCELLANEOUS	  	 
			
	 Section 12.01
	  	 Trust Indenture Act Controls.
	  	81
	 Section 12.02
	  	 Notices.
	  	81
	 Section 12.03
	  	 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.
	  	82
	 Section 12.04
	  	 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.
	  	82
	 Section 12.05
	  	 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.
	  	82
	 Section 12.06
	  	 Rules by Trustee and Agents.
	  	83
	 Section 12.07
	  	 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.
	  	83
	 Section 12.08
	  	 Governing Law.
	  	83
	 Section 12.09
	  	 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.
	  	83
	 Section 12.10
	  	 Successors.
	  	83
	 Section 12.11
	  	 Severability.
	  	83
	 Section 12.12
	  	 Counterpart Originals.
	  	83
	 Section 12.13
	  	 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.
	  	83

  

	 	  	EXHIBITS
	Exhibit A1	  	 FORM OF NOTE

	Exhibit A2	  	 FORM OF REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE

	Exhibit B	  	 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

	Exhibit C	  	 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

	Exhibit D	  	 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR

	Exhibit E	  	 FORM OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEE NOTATION

	Exhibit F	  	 FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

  

 iii 

 INDENTURE dated as of September 29, 2003 among MetroPCS, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
“Company”), the Guarantors (as defined) and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”). 
  
 The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as
defined) of the 103⁄4% Senior Notes due 2011 (the “Notes”): 
  
 ARTICLE 1 
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION 
 BY REFERENCE 
  
 Section 1.01 Definitions. 
  
 “144A Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the
Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A. 
  
 “Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person: 
  
 (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became
a Subsidiary of such specified Person, regardless of whether such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and

  
 (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien
encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person. 
  
 “Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.09 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes. 
  
 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person
directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or
indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the
Voting Stock of a Person will be deemed to be control. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” have correlative meanings. 
  
 “Agent” means any Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent or
additional paying agent. 
  
 “Applicable
Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange. 
  
 “Asset Sale” means 
  
 (1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any
assets or rights; provided that the sale, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by the provisions of Section 4.15 hereof
and/or Section 5.01 hereof and not by the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof; and 
  

 1 

 (2) the issuance of Equity Interests in any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries
or the sale of Equity Interests in any of its Subsidiaries. 
  
 Notwithstanding the preceding, none of the following items will be deemed to be an Asset Sale: 
  
 (1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets having a Fair Market Value of less than $3.0 million;

  
 (2) a transfer of assets between or among the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
  
 (3)
an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
  
 (4) the sale, lease or other disposition of (a) products, services, inventory or accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business or
(b) equipment or other assets pursuant to a program for the maintenance or upgrading of such equipment or assets, including, without limitation, the disposition of either obsolete equipment or equipment that is damaged or worn out; 
  
 (5) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash
Equivalents; 
  
 (6) a surrender or waiver of
contract rights or settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims in the ordinary course of business or a grant of a Lien not prohibited by this Indenture; and 
  
 (7) a Restricted Payment that does not violate Section 4.07 or a Permitted Investment. 
  
 “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar
federal or state law for the relief of debtors. 
  
 “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in
Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is
currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have a corresponding meaning. 
  
 “Board of Directors” means: 
  
 (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly
authorized to act on behalf of such board; 
  
 (2) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership; 
  
 (3) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any controlling committee of managing members thereof;
and 
  
 (4) with respect to any other Person, the
board or committee of such Person serving a similar function. 
  

 2 

 “Broker-Dealer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

  
 “Business Day” means any day other than a
Legal Holiday. 
  
 “Capital Lease Obligation”
means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be
the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be prepaid by the lessee without payment of a penalty. 
  
 “Capital Stock” means: 
  
 (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; 
  
 (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any
and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; 
  
 (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests;
and 
  
 (4) any other interest or participation
that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such
debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock. 
  
 “Cash Equivalents” means: 
  
 (1) United States dollars; 
  
 (2)
securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States government (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support
of those securities) having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition; 
  
 (3) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’
acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and a Thomson Bank Watch Rating of “B” or better;

  
 (4) repurchase obligations with a term of not
more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above; 
  
 (5) commercial paper having one of the two highest ratings
obtainable from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor’s Rating Services and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition; and 
  
 (6) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds
described in clauses (1) through (5) of this definition. 
  

 3 

 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: 
  
 (1) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or
other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any
“person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) other than a Permitted Holder; 
  
 (2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company; 
  
 (3) the consummation of any transaction (including, without
limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any “person” (as defined above) other than Parent or a Permitted Holder becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the
Company, measured by voting power rather than number of shares; 
  
 (4) after an initial public offering of common Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company, the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company
are not Continuing Directors; or 
  
 (5) the
first day on which Parent ceases to own 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of the Company (after having acquired such Equity Interests). 
  
 “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, S.A. 
  
 “Company” means MetroPCS, Inc., and any and all successors thereto. 
  
 “Consolidated Cash Flow” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net
Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication: 
  
 (1) an amount equal to any extraordinary loss plus any net loss realized by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale, to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such
Consolidated Net Income; plus  
  
 (2)
provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
  
 (3) the Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such Consolidated Interest Expense was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
  
 (4) depreciation, amortization (including amortization of intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid
cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash
expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income;
minus 
  
 (5) non-cash items increasing
such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than the accrual of revenue in the ordinary course of business, 
  
 in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP. 
  

 4 

 Notwithstanding the preceding, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the
depreciation and amortization and other non-cash expenses of, a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company will be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company only to the extent that a corresponding amount would be
permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to the Company by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained), and without direct or indirect restriction pursuant to the terms of its charter
and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders. 
  
 “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum,
without duplication, of: 
  
 (1) the consolidated
interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest
component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance
financings, and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations in respect of interest rates; plus 
  
 (2) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; plus

  
 (3) any interest expense on Indebtedness of
another Person that is guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, regardless of whether such Guarantee or Lien is called upon; plus

  
 (4) all dividends, whether paid or accrued
and regardless of whether in cash, on any series of preferred stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or
to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and
its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP (but excluding the Net Income of Unrestricted Subsidiaries); provided that: 
  
 (1) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person that is not
a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting will be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or similar distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Person; 
  
 (2) the Net Income of any Restricted
Subsidiary will be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval
(that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its
stockholders; and  
  
 (3) the cumulative
effect of a change in accounting principles will be excluded. 
  

 5 

 “Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board
of Directors of the Company who: 
  
 (1) was a
member of such Board of Directors on the Issue Date; or 
  
 (2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election.

  
 “Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” will
be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 12.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company. 
  
 “Credit Facilities” means, one or more debt facilities or commercial paper facilities, in each case with banks or other institutional
lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables), one or more
letters of credit, or one or more indentures or similar agreements, including any related bond, note, debentures, Guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, in each case, as amended, restated,
modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time. 
  
 “Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor
entity thereto. 
  
 “Debt to Cash Flow Ratio”
means, with respect to any specified Person as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) the consolidated Indebtedness of such Person as of such date to (b) two times the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for the two most recent full fiscal
quarters for which internal financial statements are available prior to such date of determination, determined on a pro forma basis after giving effect to all acquisitions or dispositions of assets made by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries
from the beginning of such two-quarter period through and including such date of determination (including any related financing transactions) as if such acquisitions and dispositions (and related financing transactions) had occurred at the beginning
of such two-quarter period. 
  
 In addition, for purposes of
calculating the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio: 
  
 (1)
acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations, or any Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquired by the specified Person or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, and including increases in ownership of Restricted Subsidiaries, during the two-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the
Debt to Cash Flow Ratio is made (the “Calculation Date”) will be given pro forma effect (determined in good faith on a reasonable basis by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the specified person) as if they had
occurred on the first day of the two-quarter reference period; 
  
 (2) the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date,
will be excluded; 
  
 (3) any Person that is a
Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such two-quarter period; and 
  

 6 

 (4) any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed
not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such two-quarter period. 
  
 “Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default. 
  
 “Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in
accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached
thereto. 
  
 “Depositary” means, with respect to
the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such
pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture. 
  
 “Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock),
or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91
days after the date on which the Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the Company to repurchase
such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such
provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.07 hereof. The amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for the purposes of this Indenture will be the maximum amount that the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock, exclusive of accrued dividends. 
  
 “Domestic Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was formed under the
laws of the United States or any state of the United States or the District of Columbia or that guarantees or otherwise provides direct credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company. 
  
 “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock
(but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 
  
 “Equity Offering” means any issuance or sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock), or a contribution to the equity
capital, of the Company. 
  
 “Euroclear” means
Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system. 
  
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  
 “Exchange Notes” means the Notes issued in the Exchange Offer pursuant to Section 2.06(f) hereof. 
  
 “Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in the
Registration Rights Agreement. 
  

 7 

 “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the Registration
Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Existing Indebtedness”
means Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date. 
  
 “Fair Market Value” means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in a transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in good
faith by the Board of Directors of the Company (unless otherwise provided herein). 
  
 “FCC” means the Federal Communications Commission. 
  
 “FCC Debt” means the Indebtedness existing as of the Issue Date and evidenced by the promissory notes, payable to the FCC, made by each
of the Subsidiaries of the Company that holds an FCC license. 
  
 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and
pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect from time to time. 
  
 “Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section
2.06(g)(2), which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture. 
  
 “Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depository
or its nominee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 hereto and that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01,
2.06(b)(3), 2.06(b)(4), 2.06(d)(2), 2.06(d)(3) or 2.06(f) hereof. 
  
 “Government Securities” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America, and the payment for which the United States pledges its full faith and credit. 
  
 “Guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of
negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of
all or any part of any Indebtedness (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take or pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise).

  
 “Guarantors” means, as of any time, each of
the Company’s Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries that at such time are guarantors of the Notes in accordance with the provisions hereof. 
  
 “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under: 
  
 (1) interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to
floating or from floating to fixed), interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements; 
  

 8 

 (2) other agreements or arrangements designed to manage interest rates or interest rate
risk; and 
  
 (3) other agreements or
arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or commodity prices. 
  
 “Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered. 
  
 “IAI Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 hereto bearing the Global
Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold to
Institutional Accredited Investors. 
  
 “Immaterial
Subsidiary” means, as of any date, any Restricted Subsidiary whose total assets, as of that date, are less than $500,000 and whose total revenues for the most recent 12-month period do not exceed $500,000; provided that a Restricted
Subsidiary will not be considered to be an Immaterial Subsidiary if it, directly or indirectly, guarantees or otherwise provides direct credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company. 
  
 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, without duplication, any indebtedness of such
Person, regardless of whether contingent: 
  
 (1)
in respect of borrowed money; 
  
 (2) evidenced
by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof); 
  
 (3) in respect of banker’s acceptances; 
  
 (4) representing Capital Lease Obligations; 
  
 (5) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property or services due more than six months after such
property is acquired or such services are completed, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or a trade payable; or 
  
 (6) representing any Hedging Obligations, 
  
 if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit, Attributable Debt and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon
a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes (a) all indebtedness of any other Person, of the types described above in clauses (1) through (6), secured by a Lien on
any asset of the specified Person (regardless of whether such indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and (b) to the extent not otherwise included, the guarantee by the specified Person of any indebtedness of any other Person, of the types
described above in clauses (1) through (6). 
  
 Notwithstanding
the foregoing, the following shall not constitute Indebtedness: 
  

	 	(a)	accrued expenses and trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business; 

  

	 	(b)	 any indebtedness that has been defeased in accordance with GAAP or defeased pursuant to the deposit of cash or Cash Equivalents (in an amount sufficient to satisfy
all 

  

 9 

	 	 
obligations relating thereto at maturity or redemption, as applicable, including all payments of interest and premium, if any) in a trust or account created
or pledged for the sole benefit of the holders of such indebtedness, and subject to no other Liens, and in accordance with the other applicable terms of the instrument governing such indebtedness; 

  

	 	(c)	any obligation arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of
business; provided, however, that such obligation is extinguished within five Business Days of its incurrence; and 

  

	 	(d)	any obligation arising from any agreement providing for indemnities, guarantees, purchase price adjustments, holdbacks, contingency payment obligations based on the performance of
the acquired or disposed assets or similar obligations (other than guarantees of Indebtedness) incurred by any Person in connection with the acquisition or disposition of assets. 

  
 “Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented
from time to time. 
  
 “Indirect Participant”
means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant. 
  
 “Initial Notes” means the first $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture on the Issue Date. 
  
 “Initial Purchasers” means Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. and UBS Securities LLC. 
  
 “Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution
that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, who are not also QIBs. 
  
 “Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including
Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including Guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business and excluding
accounts receivables created or acquired in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as
investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. If the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect
to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of the Company, the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investments
in such Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of Section 4.07(b) hereof. The acquisition by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company of a Person that holds an Investment in a
third Person will be deemed to be an Investment by the Company or such Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investments held by the acquired Person in such third Person in an amount determined as
provided in the final paragraph of Section 4.07(b) hereof. 
  
 “Issue Date” means the first date on which Notes are issued under this Indenture. 
  

 10 

 “Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the
City of New York or at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a
Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period. 
  
 “Letter of Transmittal” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Company and sent to all Holders of the Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer. 
  
 “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien,
pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, regardless of whether filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in
the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction. 
  
 “Liquidated Damages” means all liquidated damages then owing
pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however:

  
 (1) any gain or loss, together with any
related provision for taxes on such gain or loss, realized in connection with: (a) any Asset Sale; or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and 
  
 (2) any extraordinary gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain or loss. 
  
 “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset
Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal,
accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale, taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits
or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, and amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness under a Credit Facility, secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale
and any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 “Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness: 
  
 (1) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any
undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise, or (c) constitutes the lender; and 
  
 (2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders of the Indebtedness may have to
take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would 

  

 11 

 
permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on
such other Indebtedness or cause the payment of the Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity. 
  
 “Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person. 
  
 “Notes” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture. 
  
 “Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties,
fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 
  
 “Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating
Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person. 
  
 “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by two Officers of the Company, one of whom must be the
principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements of Section 12.05 hereof. 
  
 “Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, that
meets the requirements of Section 12.05 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or the Trustee. 
  
 “Parent” means any entity that acquires 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of the Company in a transaction in which the Beneficial
Owners of the Company immediately prior to such transaction are Beneficial Owners in the same proportion of the Company immediately after such transaction. 
  
 “Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear
or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream). 
  
 “Permitted Business” means: 
  
 (1) the delivery or distribution of telecommunications, voice, data or video services; or 
  
 (2) any business or activity reasonably related or ancillary
to those listed in clause (1) above, including any lines of business conducted by the Company and its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date and any businesses similar, related, incidental or ancillary thereto or that constitutes a reasonable extension or
expansion thereof, and the acquisition, holding or exploitation of any license relating to the delivery of those services. 
  
 “Permitted Holder” means: 
  
 (1) any Beneficial Owner of the Company’s Equity Interests as of the Issue Date; 
  
 (2) any controlling stockholder, 80% (or more) owned
Subsidiary, or immediate family member (in the case of an individual) of any Person referred to in clause (1); or 
  

 12 

 (3) any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders,
partners, owners or Persons Beneficially Owning an 80% or more controlling interest of which consist of any one or more Persons referred to in clause (1) or (2). 
  
 “Permitted Investments” means: 
  
 (1) any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
  
 (2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents; 
  
 (3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company in a Person, if as a result of such Investment: 
  
 (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or 
  
 (b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into,
the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
  
 (4) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof; 
  
 (5) any Investments received in compromise or resolution of (A) obligations of trade creditors or customers
that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer;
or (B) litigation, arbitration or other disputes with Persons who are not Affiliates; 
  
 (6) Investments represented by Hedging Obligations; 
  
 (7) loans or advances to employees or directors made in the ordinary course of business of the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $2.0 million at any one time outstanding; 
  
 (8) repurchases of or other Investments in the Notes; 
  
 (9) advances and prepayments for asset purchases in the ordinary course of business in a Permitted Business
of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
  
 (10) Investments existing on the Issue Date; 
  
 (11) Permitted Joint Venture Investments in an aggregate amount (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Permitted Joint Venture
Investments made pursuant to this clause (11), that does not exceed 10% of the consolidated total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date each such Investment is made; and 
  
 (12) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate
Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (12) that are at the time outstanding not to
exceed $5.0 million. 
  

 13 

 Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, no Permitted Investment shall be deemed to be a
Restricted Payment. 
  
 “Permitted Joint Venture
Investment” means, with respect to any specified Person, Investments in any other Person engaged in a Permitted Business (a) over which the specified Person is responsible (either directly or through a services agreement) for day-to-day
operations or otherwise has operational and managerial control of such other Person and (b) of which at least 40% of the outstanding Capital Stock of such other Person is at the time owned directly or indirectly by the specified Person. 

 
 “Permitted Liens” means 
  
 (1) Liens securing Indebtedness and other Obligations under
Credit Facilities that were incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Debt; 
  
 (2) Liens securing Indebtedness and other Obligations under Credit Facilities that were incurred pursuant to the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio
test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof, provided that immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, the Secured Debt to Cash Flow Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended two full fiscal quarters for which
internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such Indebtedness is incurred would have been no greater than 3.0 to 1, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds
therefrom), as if such Indebtedness had been incurred at the beginning of such two-quarter period; 
  
 (3) Liens in favor of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
  
 (4) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated
with the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or
consolidated with the Company or the Subsidiary; 
  
 (5) Liens on property (including Capital Stock) existing at the time of acquisition of the property by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, provided that such Liens were in existence prior to, such acquisition, and not
incurred in contemplation of, such acquisition; 
  
 (6) bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff and Liens to secure the performance of bids, tenders, trade or governmental contracts, leases, licenses, statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a
like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
  
 (7) Liens to secure Indebtedness permitted by Section 4.09(b)(11) hereof covering only the FCC licenses acquired with or financed by such Indebtedness; 
  
 (8) Liens existing on the Issue Date; 
  
 (9) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are
being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in conformity with GAAP has been made therefor; 
  

 14 

 (10) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, repairmen’s,
landlord’s and mechanics’ Liens or other similar Liens, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
  
 (11) survey exceptions, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph
and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real property that were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said
properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person; 
  
 (12) Liens arising by reason of a judgment, decree or court order, to the extent not otherwise resulting in an Event of Default, and any
Liens that are required to protect or enforce any rights in any administrative, arbitration or other court proceedings in the ordinary course of business; 
  
 (13) Liens securing Hedging Obligations, which Hedging Obligations relate to Indebtedness that is otherwise not prohibited under this
Indenture; 
  
 (14) Liens created for the benefit
of (or to secure) the Notes (or the Subsidiary Guarantees); 
  
 (15) Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Indenture; provided, however, that: 
  
 (a) the new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property and assets that secured or, under the written
agreements pursuant to which the original Lien arose, could secure the original Lien (plus improvements and accessions to, such property or proceeds or distributions thereof); and 
  
 (b) the Indebtedness secured by the new Lien is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (x) the outstanding
principal amount or, if greater, committed amount, of the Permitted Referencing Indebtedness and (y) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancings, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;

  
 (16) Liens contained in purchase and sale
agreements limiting the transfer of assets pending the closing of the transactions contemplated thereby; 
  
 (17) Liens that may be deemed to exist by virtue of contractual provisions that restrict the ability of the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries from granting or permitting to exist Liens on their respective assets; 
  
 (18) Liens in favor of the Trustee as provided for in this Indenture on money or property held or collected by the Trustee in its capacity
as trustee; and 
  
 (19) Liens incurred in the
ordinary course of business of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company with respect to obligations that do not exceed $10.0 million at any one time outstanding. 
  
 “Permitted Payments to Parent” means, for so long as the Company is a member of a group filing a
consolidated or combined tax return with the Parent, payments to the Parent in respect of an 

  

 15 

 
allocable portion of the tax liabilities of such group that is attributable to the Company and its Subsidiaries (“Tax Payments”). The Tax
Payments shall not exceed the lesser of (a) the amount of the relevant tax (including any penalties and interest) that the Company would owe if the Company were filing a separate tax return (or a separate consolidated or combined return with its
Subsidiaries that are members of the consolidated or combined group), taking into account any carryovers and carrybacks of tax attributes (such as net operating losses) of the Company and such Subsidiaries from other taxable years and (b) the net
amount of the relevant tax that the Parent actually owes to the appropriate taxing authority. Any Tax Payments received from the Company shall be paid over to the appropriate taxing authority within 30 days of the Parent’s receipt of such Tax
Payments or refunded to the Company. 
  
 “Permitted
Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any Disqualified Stock of the Company or any preferred stock of any Guarantor issued (a) in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which
are used to extend, renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease, discharge or otherwise retire for value, in whole or in part, or (b) constituting an amendment, modification or supplement to or a deferral or renewal of ((a) and (b) above,
collectively, a “Refinancing”), any other Indebtedness of the Company any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness), any Disqualified Stock of the Company or any preferred stock of a Guarantor in a
principal amount or, in the case of Disqualified Stock of the Company or preferred stock of a Guarantor, liquidation preference, not to exceed (after deduction of reasonable and customary fees and expenses incurred in connection with the
Refinancing) the lesser of: 
  
 (1) the principal
amount or, in the case of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, liquidation preference, of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock so Refinanced (plus, in the case of Indebtedness, the amount of premium, if any paid in connection
therewith), and 
  
 (2) if the Indebtedness being
Refinanced was issued with any original issue discount, the accreted value of such Indebtedness (as determined in accordance with GAAP) at the time of such Refinancing. 
  
 Notwithstanding the preceding, no Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock will be deemed to be Permitted
Refinancing Indebtedness, unless: 
  
 (1) such
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock has a final maturity date or redemption date, as applicable, later than the final maturity date or redemption date, as applicable, of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or
greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock being Refinanced; 
  
 (2) if the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock being Refinanced is contractually subordinated or otherwise junior in right
of payment to the Notes, such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock has a final maturity date or redemption date, as applicable, later than the final maturity date or redemption date, as applicable, of, and is contractually
subordinated or otherwise junior in right of payment to, the Notes, on terms at least as favorable to the holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock being Refinanced at
the time of the Refinancing; and 
  
 (3) such
Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is incurred or issued by the Company or such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock is incurred or issued by the Restricted Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being Refinanced or the
issuer of the Disqualified Stock or preferred stock being Refinanced. 
  

 16 

 “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association,
joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity. 
  
 “Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(1) to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except
where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture. 
  
 “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 
  
 “Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September 29, 2003, among the Company, the
Guarantors and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements among the
Company, the Guarantors and the other parties thereto, as such agreements may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes
under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Regulation S”
means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Regulation S Global Note” means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note or Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as appropriate. 
  
 “Regulation S Permanent Global Note” means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A1 hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and
the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note upon expiration
of the Restricted Period. 
  
 “Regulation S Temporary
Global Note” means a temporary Global Note in the form of Exhibit A2 hereto deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of
the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S. 
  
 “Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the Corporate Trust Administration of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer of the Trustee
customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of
and familiarity with the particular subject. 
  
 “Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 
  
 “Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 
  
 “Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a
Permitted Investment. 
  
 “Restricted Note” means
a Restricted Definitive Note or a Restricted Global Note. 
  
 “Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S. 
  
 “Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
  

 17 

 “Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities
Act. 
  
 “Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated
under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Rule 904” means
Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act. 
  
 “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 
  
 “Secured Debt to Cash Flow Ratio” means, with respect to any specified Person as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) the consolidated Indebtedness of such Person as of such date that was
incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Debt or that otherwise is secured by a Lien on any assets of such Person or its Restricted Subsidiaries to (b) two times the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for the two most recent
full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available prior to such date of determination, determined on a pro forma basis after giving effect to all acquisitions or dispositions of assets made by such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries from the beginning of such two-quarter period through and including such date of determination (including any related financing transactions) as if such acquisitions and dispositions (and related financing transactions) had occurred at
the beginning of such two-quarter period. 
  
 In addition, for
purposes of calculating the Secured Debt to Cash Flow Ratio: 
  
 (1) acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations, or any Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquired by the
specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and including increases in ownership of Restricted Subsidiaries, during the two-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the date on which the event
for which the calculation of the Secured Debt to Cash Flow Ratio is made (the “Secured Debt Calculation Date”) will be given pro forma effect (determined in good faith on a reasonable basis by a responsible financial or accounting
officer of the specified person) as if they had occurred on the first day of the two-quarter reference period; 
  
 (2) the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or
businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Secured Debt Calculation Date, will be excluded; 
  
 (3) any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the Secured Debt Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at
all times during such two-quarter period; and 
  
 (4) any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the Secured Debt Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such two-quarter period. 
  
 “Secured Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified
Person, any Indebtedness of such Person that is secured by a Lien on the assets of such Person, plus any Indebtedness of any other Person to the extent that such Indebtedness is secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person. 
  
 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended. 
  

 18 

 “Shelf Registration Statement” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the
Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Significant
Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

  
 “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any
installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness as of the Issue Date, and will not include any
contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 
  
 “Subordinated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor that is contractually subordinated in right of payment, in
any respect (by its terms or the terms of any document or instrument relating thereto), to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Guarantor, as applicable. 
  
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person: 
  
 (1) any corporation, association or other business entity of
which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement that effectively transfers voting
power) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees of the corporation, association or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that
Person (or a combination thereof); and 
  
 (2)
any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person (or any
combination thereof). 
  
 “Subsidiary Guarantee”
means each Guarantee of the obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes by a Subsidiary of the Company in accordance with the provisions hereof. 
  
 “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date
on which this Indenture is qualified thereunder. 
  
 “Trustee” means the party named as such in the preamble to this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

  
 “Unrestricted Definitive Note” means a
Definitive Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend. 
  
 “Unrestricted Global Note” means a Global Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend. 
  
 “Unrestricted Note” means an Unrestricted Definitive Note or an Unrestricted Global Note. 
  

 19 

 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated by the
Board of Directors of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary: 
  
 (1) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt; 
  
 (2) except as permitted by Section 4.11 hereof, is not party
to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company; 
  
 (3) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a)
to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and 
  
 (4) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly
provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy
of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 4.07 hereof. If, at
any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will
be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 4.09 hereof, the Company will be in default of such covenant. The Board of
Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any
outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under the covenant described under Section 4.09 hereof, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation
had occurred at the beginning of the two-quarter reference period; and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation. 
  
 “U.S. Person” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the
Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person. 
  
 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

  
 (1) the sum of the products obtained by
multiplying (x) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (y) the number of years (calculated to the
nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by 
  

 20 

 (2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness. 
  
 Section 1.02 Other Definitions. 
  

	 Term

	  	 Defined in
 Section

	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	4.11
	 “Asset Sale Offer”
	  	4.10
	 “Authentication Order”
	  	2.02
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	4.15
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	4.15
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	4.15
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	8.03
	 “DTC”
	  	2.03
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	4.10
	 “incur”
	  	4.09
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	8.02
	 “Offer Amount”
	  	4.10
	 “Offer Period”
	  	4.10
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.03
	 “Permitted Debt”
	  	4.09
	 “Payment Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Purchase Date”
	  	4.10
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.03
	 “Restricted Payments”
	  	4.07

  
 Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 
  
 Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. 
  
 The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 
  
 “indenture securities” means the Notes; 
  
 “indenture security Holder” means a Holder of a Note; 

 
 “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture; 
  
 “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the
Trustee; and 
  
 “obligor” on the Notes and the
Subsidiary Guarantees means the Company and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees, respectively. 
  

All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA
have the meanings so assigned to them. 
  

 21 

 Section 1.04 Rules of Construction. 
  
 Unless the context otherwise requires: 
  
 (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 
  
 (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning
assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 
  
 (3)
“or” is not exclusive; 
  
 (4) words in
the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 
  
 (5) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command; 
  
 (6) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and 
  
 (7) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act will be deemed to include substitute,
replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time. 
  
 ARTICLE 2 
 THE NOTES 
  
 Section 2.01 Form and Dating. 
  
 (a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form of
Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples
thereof. 
  
 The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will
constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to
the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 
  

(b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of Exhibits A1 or A2 attached hereto (including the Global Note
Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon
and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note will represent such of the outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate
principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and
redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee,
in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof. 
  
 (c) Temporary Global Notes. Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S will be issued initially in the form of the Regulation S Temporary
Global Note, which will be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, at its New York office, as custodian for the Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the
Depositary for the 

  

 22 

 
accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter
provided. The Restricted Period will be terminated upon the receipt by the Trustee of: 
  
 (1) a written certificate from the Depositary, together with copies of certificates from Euroclear and Clearstream certifying that they
have received certification of non-United States beneficial ownership of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note (except to the extent of any beneficial owners thereof who acquired an interest therein during
the Restricted Period pursuant to another exemption from registration under the Securities Act and who will take delivery of a beneficial ownership interest in a 144A Global Note or an IAI Global Note bearing a Private Placement Legend, all as
contemplated by Section 2.06(b) hereof); and 
  
 (2) an Officers’ Certificate from the Company. 
  
 Following the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note will be exchanged for beneficial interests in the Regulation S Permanent Global Note pursuant to the Applicable Procedures.
Simultaneously with the authentication of the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Trustee will cancel the Regulation S Temporary Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent
Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided. 
  
 (3) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable.
The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook”
of Clearstream will be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearsteam. 
  
 (d) Additional Notes. Subject to compliance with the provisions of
this Indenture, the Company may issue Additional Notes under this Indenture after the Issue Date in an unlimited aggregate principal amount. 
  
 Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication. 
  
 At least one Officer must sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature. 
  
 If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the
time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid. 
  
 A Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature will be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 
  
 The Trustee will authenticate: (i) for original issue on the Issue Date,
Initial Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $150,000,000, (ii) Exchange Notes for original issue, pursuant to the Exchange Offer, for a like principal amount of Initial Notes, and (iii) any amount of Additional Notes specified by the Company,
in each case, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by two Officers (an “Authentication Order”). Such order shall specify (a) the amount of the Notes to be authenticated and the date of original issue thereof and (b)
whether the Notes are Restricted Notes or 

  

 23 

 
Unrestricted Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of Notes authorized for
issuance by the Company pursuant to one or more written orders of the Company, except as provided in Section 2.07 hereof. 
  
 The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever
the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company. 

 
 The Initial Notes and the Additional Notes (and, in each case, any
Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor) shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, and unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes
(and, in each case, any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor). Nothing in this paragraph shall be deemed to modify, replace or otherwise affect the restrictions on transfer applicable to Restricted Notes set forth in Section 2.06 hereof.

  
 Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying
Agent. 
  
 The Company will maintain an office or agency
where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying
Agent”). Unless otherwise designated by the Company by written notice to the Trustee, each such office or agency shall be the Trustee’s office in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York. 
  
 The Registrar will keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and
exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company
may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as
Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
  
 The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. 
  
 The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying
Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes. 
  
 Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. 
  
 The Company will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the
payment of principal, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to
pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) will have no
further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization
proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 
  

 24 

 Section 2.05 Holder Lists. 
  
 The Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable
the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company will furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each
interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Company shall otherwise
comply with TIA § 312(a). 
  
 Section 2.06
Transfer and Exchange. 
  
 (a) Transfer and Exchange of
Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such
nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if: 
  
 (1) the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that
it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary; or 
  
 (2) the Company in its sole discretion determines that the
Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; provided that in no event shall the Regulation S Temporary Global Note be exchanged by the Company
for Definitive Notes prior to (x) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (y) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act. 
  
 Upon the occurrence of either of the preceding events in (1) or (2) above,
Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in
exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for
another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a), however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof. 
  
 (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes.
The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes
will be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also will require compliance with either subparagraph (1) or (2)
below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable: 
  
 (1) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred
to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the
expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note 

  

 25 

 
may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted
Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers
described in this Section 2.06(b)(1). 
  
 (2)
All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest
must deliver to the Registrar either: 
  
 (A)
both: 
  
 (i) a written order from a Participant
or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to
be transferred or exchanged; and 
  
 (ii)
instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase; or 
  

(B) both: 
  
 (i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures
directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and 
  
 (ii) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note
shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above; provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note prior
to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903 under the Securities Act. Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Company in accordance with Section 2.06(f)
hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(2) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the
Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall
adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof. 
  

 26 

 (3) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A
beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2)
above and the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

  
 (B) if the transferee will take delivery in
the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note or the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;
and 
  
 (C) if the transferee will take delivery
in the form of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if
applicable. 
  
 (4) Transfer and Exchange of
Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted
Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and: 
  
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the
Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of
Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
  
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf
Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 
  
 (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
  
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (i) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

  
 (ii) if the holder of such beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit
B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 
  
 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or
transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
  

 27 

 If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted
Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount
equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above. 
  
 Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a
beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. 
  
 (c)
Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes. 
  
 (1) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a
Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
  
 (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof; 
  
 (B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a
QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
  
 (C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule
904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 
  
 (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in
accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 
  
 (E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by
item (3) thereof, if applicable; 
  
 (F) if such
beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 
  
 (G) if such beneficial interest is being transferred
pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 
  

 28 

 the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant
to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a
beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar
through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(1) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein. 
  
 (2) Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Temporary Global Note to Definitive Notes. Notwithstanding
Sections 2.06(c)(1)(A) and (C) hereof, a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (A) the
expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904. 
  
 (3) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted
Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if: 
  
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the
holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of
the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
  
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

  
 (C) such transfer is effected by a
Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
  
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (i) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an
Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or 
  
 (ii) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who
shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 
  

 29 

 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the
Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and
in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
  
 (4) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in
an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the
conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(2) hereof, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company will execute and the Trustee will
authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(4) will be registered in
such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest requests through instructions to the Registrar from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee
will deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(4) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.

  
 (d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for
Beneficial Interests. 
  
 (1) Restricted
Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive
Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
  
 (A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof; 
  
 (B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth
in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
  
 (C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including
the certifications in item (2) thereof; 
  
 (D)
if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 
  
 (E) if
such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a
certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable; 
  

 30 

 (F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 
  
 (G) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a
certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 
  
 the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A)
above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note, and in all other cases, the IAI Global Note. 
  
 (2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests
in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form
of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if: 
  
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer,
certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
  
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf
Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 
  
 (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
  
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (i) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to
exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or 
  
 (ii) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to
transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

  
 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if
the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the
restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
  

 31 

 Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section
2.06(d)(2), the Trustee will cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. 
  

(3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive
Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon
receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee will cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes. 
  
 If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a
beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (2)(B), (2)(D) or (3) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section
2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred. 
  
 (e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and
such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender
to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting
Holder must provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e). 
  
 (1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be
transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in
the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
  
 (B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B
hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and 
  
 (C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. 
  

 32 

 (2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted
Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if: 
  
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the
Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a broker-dealer, (ii)
a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
  
 (B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

  
 (C) any such transfer is effected by a
Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
  
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (i) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate
from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or 
  
 (ii) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the
form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 
  
 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the
Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with
the Securities Act. 
  
 (3) Unrestricted
Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register
such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof. 
  
 (f) Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will issue and,
upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate: 
  
 (1) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in
the Restricted Global Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (A) they are not Broker-Dealers, (B) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and
(C) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; and 
  

 33 

 (2) Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal
amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer by Persons who made the foregoing certificates. 
  
 Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be
reduced accordingly, and the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the appropriate principal amount. 

 
 (g) Legends. The following legends will appear on the face of all
Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 
  
 (1) Private Placement Legend. 
  
 (A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or
substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form: 
  
 “THE SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THE
SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING
ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT (A) SUCH SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (1) (a) IN THE
UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (b) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE
TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (d) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501 (a) (1), (2), (3)
OR (7) OF THE SECURITIES ACT) THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS (THE FORM OF WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN
AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES LESS THAN $250,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO METROPCS, INC. THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT OR (e) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF
THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF METROPCS, INC. SO REQUESTS), (2) TO METROPCS, INC. OR (3) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY 

  

 34 

 
STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER FROM
IT OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN (A) ABOVE.” 
  
 (B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(4), (c)(3), (c)(4), (d)(2),
(d)(3), (e)(2), (e)(3) or (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) will not bear the Private Placement Legend. 
  
 (2) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form:

  
 “THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE
GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE
INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY. 
  
 UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF
THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS
PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS
REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY
TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.” 
  
 (h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global
Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with
Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for
Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such
reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be increased accordingly and an
endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 
  

 35 

 (i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges. 
  
 (1) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the
Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request. 
  
 (2) No service charge will be made to a Holder of a
beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in
connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 4.10, 4.15 and 9.05 hereof). 
  
 (3) The Registrar will not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note selected for
redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 
  
 (4) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes will be
the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 
  
 (5) Neither the Registrar nor the Company will be required:

  
 (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or
to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection; 
  
 (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note
selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part; or 
  
 (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date. 
  
 (6) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a
transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and
for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
  
 (7) The Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof. 

 
 (8) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of
Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile. 
  

 36 

 Section 2.07 Replacement Notes. 
  
 If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the
Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company will issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are
met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any
loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note. 
  
 Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and
proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 
  
 Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes. 
  
 The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in
accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the
Note; however, Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section 3.07(a) hereof. 
  
 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced
Note is held by a protected purchaser. 
  
 If the principal amount
of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue. 
  
 If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient
to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest. 
  
 Section 2.09 Treasury Notes. 
  
 In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the
Company or any Guarantor, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any Guarantor, will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes
of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned will be so disregarded. 
  
 Section 2.10 Temporary Notes. 
  
 Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an
Authentication Order, will authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable
to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company will prepare and the Trustee will authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. 
  

 37 

 Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture. 
  
 Section 2.11 Cancellation. 
  
 The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation.
The Registrar and Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange,
payment, replacement or cancellation and will destroy canceled Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the destruction of all canceled Notes will be delivered to the Company. The Company may not
issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 
  
 Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest. 
  
 If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful,
interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the amount
of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date, provided that no such special record date may be less than
10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) will mail or
cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid. 
  
 ARTICLE 3 
 REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

  
 Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee.

  
 If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the
optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it must furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth: 
  
 (1) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the
redemption shall occur; 
  
 (2) the redemption
date; 
  
 (3) the principal amount of Notes to be
redeemed; and 
  
 (4) the redemption price.

  
 Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be
Redeemed or Purchased. 
  
 If less than all of the Notes are
to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption or purchase as follows: 
  
 (1) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities
exchange on which the Notes are listed; or 
  

 38 

 (2) if the Notes are not listed on any national securities exchange, on a pro rata
basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate. 
  
 In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased will be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the
redemption or purchase date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase. 
  
 The Trustee will promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial
redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in amounts of $1,000 or whole multiples of $1,000; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or
purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for
redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. 
  
 Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption. 
  
 Subject to the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company will mail or cause to
be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in
connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 11 hereof. 
  
 The notice will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will state: 
  
 (1) the redemption date; 
  
 (2) the redemption price; 
  
 (3) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed
and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued upon cancellation of the original Note; 
  
 (4) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 
  
 (5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to
the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 
  
 (6) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 
  
 (7) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for
redemption are being redeemed; and 
  
 (8) that
no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes. 
  

 39 

 At the Company’s request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name
and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the redemption date (unless a shorter time is acceptable to the Trustee), an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the
Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph. 
  
 Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption. 
  
 Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably
due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price. A notice of redemption may not be conditional. 
  
 Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price. 
  
 At least one Business Day prior to the redemption or purchase date, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with the
Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Company
any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

  
 If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding
paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to
the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid
upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the
extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. 
  
 Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part. 
  
 Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an
Authentication Order, the Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. 
  
 Section 3.07 Optional Redemption. 
  
 (a) At any time prior to October 1, 2006, the Company may on any one or more
occasions redeem Notes issued under this Indenture at a redemption price of 110.750% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more
Equity Offerings; provided that: 
  
 (1)
at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Initial Notes originally issued under this Indenture on the Issue Date (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such
redemption; and 
  

 40 

 (2) the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Equity
Offering. 
  
 (b) Except pursuant to the preceding paragraph, the
Notes will not be redeemable at the Company’s option prior to October 1, 2007. 
  
 (c) On or after October 1, 2007, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set
forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes redeemed, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on October 1 of the years indicated below, subject to the
rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date: 
  

	 Year

	  	Percentage

	 
	 2007
	  	105.375	%
	 2008
	  	102.688	%
	 2009 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

  
 Unless the Company
defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date. 
  
 (d) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01 through 3.06
hereof. 
  
 Section 3.08 Mandatory
Redemption. 
  
 The Company is not required to make mandatory
redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 
  
 ARTICLE 4 
 COVENANTS 
  
 Section 4.01 Payment of Notes. 
  
 The Company will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes on the dates and in
the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest and Liquidated Damages, if any will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 10:00 a.m. Eastern
Time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. The Company will pay all Liquidated Damages, if any, in the same
manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 0.75% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on
the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Liquidated Damages (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same
rate to the extent lawful. 
  

 41 

 Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency.  
  
 The Company will maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York,
an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in
respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. Unless otherwise designated by the Company by written notice to the Trustee, such office or agency shall be the Trustee’s office in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York. The
Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any change in the location of such office or agency. If at any time the Company fails to maintain any such required office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof,
such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 
  
 The Company may also from time to time designate one or more additional offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all
such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission will in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan,
The City of New York for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 
  
 The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as
one such additional office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof. 
  
 Section 4.03 Reports.  
  
 (a) Whether or not required by the SEC’s rules and regulations, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will furnish to the Holders of
Notes or cause the Trustee to furnish to the Holders of Notes, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations: 
  
 (1) all quarterly and annual reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required
to file such reports; and 
  
 (2) all current
reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports. 
  
 All such reports will be prepared in all material respects in accordance with all of the rules and regulations applicable to such reports; provided
that, unless otherwise required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, any certifications of financial statements required under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and any corresponding rules and regulations of the SEC shall be required to be provided
only to the extent required by so-called “voluntary filers.” Each annual report on Form 10-K will include a report on the Company’s consolidated financial statements by the Company’s certified independent accountants. In
addition, the Company will file a copy of each of the reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above with the SEC for public availability within the time periods specified in the rules and regulations applicable to such reports (unless the SEC
will not accept such a filing) and will post the reports on its website within those time periods. The Company will at all times comply with TIA § 314(a). 
  

(b) If, at any time, the Company is no longer subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for any reason, the Company will
nevertheless continue filing the reports specified in the preceding paragraph with the SEC within the time periods specified above unless the SEC will not accept such a filing. The Company agrees that it will not take any action for the purpose of
causing the SEC not to accept any such filings. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the SEC will not accept the Company’s filings for any reason, the Company will post the reports referred to in the preceding paragraph on its website within the
time periods that would apply if the Company were required to file those reports with the SEC. 
  
  

 42 

 (c) If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the
quarterly and annual financial information required by the preceding paragraph will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in Management’s Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted
Subsidiaries of the Company. 
  
 (d) For so long as any
Notes remain outstanding, at any time the Company and the Guarantors are not required to file the reports required by the preceding paragraphs with the SEC, the Company and the Guarantors will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and
prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 
  
 Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate.  
  
 (a) The Company and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the TIA) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the
end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to
determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company has kept,
observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default has
occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and
remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with
respect thereto. 
  
 (b) So long as not contrary to the then
current recommendations of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the year-end financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.03 above shall be accompanied by a written statement of the Company’s independent public
accountants (who shall be a firm of established national reputation) that in making the examination necessary for certification of such financial statements, nothing has come to their attention that would lead them to believe that the Company has
violated any provisions of Article 4 or Article 5 hereof or, if any such violation has occurred, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof, it being understood that such accountants shall not be liable directly or indirectly to any
Person for any failure to obtain knowledge of any such violation. 
  
 (c) So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company will deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of
Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 
  
 Section 4.05 Taxes.  
  
 The Company will pay, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies
except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 
  
  

 43 

 Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.  
  
 The Company and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may
lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the
covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any
such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 
  
 Section 4.07 Restricted Payments.  
  
 (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 
  
 (1)
declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or
consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or
distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and other than dividends or distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company); 
  
 (2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for
value (including without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company; 
  
 (3) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase,
redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Subordinated Indebtedness, except a payment of interest or principal at the Stated Maturity thereof; or 
  
 (4) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (1)
through (4) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), 
  
 unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment: 
  
 (1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such
Restricted Payment; and 
  
 (2) the Company
would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable two-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional
Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a); and 
  

 44 

 (3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted
Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the Issue Date (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4), (6), (7), (8) and (11) of paragraph (b) of this Section 4.07), is less than the sum, without
duplication of: 
  
 (A) 100% of the Consolidated
Cash Flow of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the first fiscal quarter commencing after the Issue Date to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial
statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment less the product of 1.75 times the Company’s Consolidated Interest Expense for the same period; plus 
  
 (B) 100% of (i)(a) the aggregate net cash proceeds and (b) the Fair Market Value of (x) marketable
securities (other than marketable securities of the Company), (y) Capital Stock of a Person (other than the Company or an Affiliate of the Company) engaged primarily in any Permitted Business; provided that Person becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company and (z) other assets used in any Permitted Business, in the case of clauses (a) and (b), received by the Company since the Issue Date as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity
Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for such
Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the Company), (ii) the amount by which Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is reduced on the Company’s
consolidated balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange after the Issue Date of any such Indebtedness into or for Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock or Subordinated Indebtedness), and (iii) the aggregate net cash
proceeds, if any, received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries upon any conversion or exchange described in clause (i) or (ii) above; plus 
  
 (C) to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after the Issue Date is sold for cash or Cash
Equivalents, or is otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash or Cash Equivalents, an amount equal to such cash and Cash Equivalents, but not to exceed the initial amount of such Restricted Investment; plus 
  
 (D) to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the
Company designated as such after the Issue Date is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investment in such Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation or (ii)
such Fair Market Value as of the date on which such Subsidiary was originally designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date; plus 
  
 (E) 100% of any dividends or distributions received directly or indirectly by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that
is a Guarantor after the Issue Date from an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company, to the extent that such dividends or distributions were not otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income of the Company. 
  

 45 

 (b) So long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the provisions of
Section 4.07(a) will not prohibit: 
  
 (1) the
payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend, if at the date of declaration the dividend payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; 
  
 (2) the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or
out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the substantially concurrent contribution (other than by a
Subsidiary of the Company) of capital to the Company in respect of its Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock); provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment shall be
excluded from clause (3)(B) of Section 4.07(a); 
  
 (3) the defeasance, redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness with the net cash proceeds from a substantially concurrent incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the
amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such defeasance, redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of Indebtedness will be excluded from clause (3)(B) of Section 4.07(a); 
  
 (4) the payment of any dividend (or, in the case of any
partnership or limited liability company, any similar distribution) by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis; 
  
 (5) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of
Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company held by any current or former officer, director or employee of Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to any equity subscription agreement, stock
option agreement, shareholders’ agreement or similar agreement; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests shall not exceed $1,250,000 in any twelve-month period;

  
 (6) the repurchase, redemption or other
acquisition or retirement of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise or exchange of stock options, warrants or other similar rights to the extent such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise or exchange price of those stock
options, and the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement of Equity Interests made in lieu of withholding taxes resulting from the exercise or exchange of stock options, warrants or other similar rights; 
  
 (7) the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or
accrued dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or any class or series of preferred stock of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, in each case issued after the
Issue Date in accordance with the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio test described in Section 4.09 hereof; 
  
 (8) Permitted Payments to Parent; 
  
 (9) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company to the extent necessary
to prevent the loss or to secure the renewal or reinstatement of any FCC license held by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; 
  

 46 

 (10) payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law in
connection with a merger, consolidation or transfer of assets that complies with Section 5.01 hereof; and 
  
 (11) other Restricted Payments not to exceed $5.0 million in the aggregate since the Issue Date. 
  
 The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair
Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The Fair Market Value of any
assets or securities that are required to be valued by this Section 4.07 will be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company whose resolution with respect thereto shall be delivered to the Trustee. The Board of Directors’ determination
must be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing if the Fair Market Value exceeds $20.0 million. 
  
 Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries. 
  
 (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 
  
 (1) (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or with
respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or (b) pay any indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
  
 (2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or 
  
 (3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets
to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 (b) The
restrictions in Section 4.08(a) will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of: 
  
 (1) agreements or instruments governing Existing Indebtedness or Capital Stock as in effect on the Issue Date and any amendments,
modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements or instruments, provided that the amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements,
refundings, replacements or refinancings are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements or instruments on the Issue Date; 
  
 (2) agreements or instruments governing Credit Facilities so
long as either (a) the encumbrances and restrictions contained therein do not impair the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to pay dividends or make any other distributions or payments directly or indirectly to the Company in an
amount sufficient to permit the Company to pay the principal of, or interest and premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes, or (b) the encumbrances and restrictions contained therein are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those
contained herein; 
  

 47 

 (3) this Indenture, the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees; 
  
 (4) applicable law, rule, regulation or order; 

 
 (5) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital
Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such
acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that, in the case of
Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred; 
  
 (6) customary non-assignment provisions in contracts and licenses entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
  
 (7) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the
ordinary course of business and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions on the property purchased or leased of the nature described in clause (3) of Section 4.08(a); 
  
 (8) any instrument governing Secured Indebtedness that imposes restrictions on the assets securing such
Indebtedness of the nature described in clause (3) of Section 4.08(a); 
  
 (9) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary that restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending the sale or other disposition; 
  
 (10) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided
that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

  
 (11) Liens permitted to be incurred under the
provisions of Section 4.12 hereof that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens; 
  
 (12) provisions limiting the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements,
sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into with the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors, which limitation is applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such agreements;

  
 (13) restrictions on cash or other deposits
or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; and 
  
 (14) Indebtedness incurred, or preferred stock issued, by any Restricted Subsidiary, provided that the restrictions contained in
the agreements or instruments governing such Indebtedness or preferred stock (a) either (i) apply only in the event of a payment default or a default with respect to a financial covenant in such agreement or instrument or (ii) will not materially
affect the Company’s ability to pay all principal, interest and premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be conclusive; and (b) are not
materially more disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes than is customary in comparable financings. 
  

 48 

 Section 4.09 Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock. 

  
 (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness
(including Acquired Debt), and the Company will not issue any Disqualified Stock and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that the Company may incur Indebtedness
(including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock, and the Guarantors may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue preferred stock, if the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended two full fiscal quarters
for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock is issued, as the case may be, would have been no greater than 5.0
to 1, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or Disqualified Stock or the preferred stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the
beginning of such two-quarter period. 
  
 (b) The provisions of
Section 4.09(a) will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”): 
  
 (1) the incurrence by the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary of additional Indebtedness under Credit Facilities so long as the
aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (1) (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries thereunder) not to exceed $50.0 million, plus the amount by which the FCC Debt has been reduced since the Issue Date, less the aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds of Asset Sales applied by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries since the Issue Date to repay any term Indebtedness under a Credit Facility or to repay any revolving credit Indebtedness under a Credit Facility and effect a corresponding commitment reduction thereunder pursuant to Section
4.10 hereof; provided, however, that the maximum amount permitted to be outstanding under this clause (1) shall not be deemed to limit additional Indebtedness under the Credit Facilities to the extent the incurrence of such additional
Indebtedness is permitted pursuant to any of the other provisions of this covenant; 
  
 (2) the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of Existing Indebtedness; 
  
 (3) the incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of
Indebtedness represented by the Notes and the related Subsidiary Guarantees to be issued on the Issue Date and the Exchange Notes and the related Subsidiary Guarantees to be issued pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement; 
  
 (4) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) or Disqualified Stock of the Company,
or Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) or preferred stock of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, in each case that was permitted by this Indenture to be incurred or issued under Section 4.09(a) or clauses (2), (3), (4), (11) or
(12) of this Section 4.09(b); 
  

 49 

 (5) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany
Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that: 
  
 (A) if the Company or any Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and the payee is not the Company or a Guarantor, such Indebtedness
must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations then due with respect to the Notes, in the case of the Company, or the Subsidiary Guarantee, in the case of a Guarantor; and 
  
 (B) (1) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity
Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and (2) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, 
  
 will be deemed, in each case, to
constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (5); 
  
 (6) the issuance by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries to the Company or to any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of shares of
preferred stock; provided, however, that: 
  
 (a) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such preferred stock being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; and 
  
 (b) any sale or other transfer of any such preferred stock
to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, 
  
 will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such preferred stock by such Restricted Subsidiary that was not permitted by this clause (6); 
  
 (7) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations in the
ordinary course of business; 
  
 (8) the
guarantee by the Company or any of the Guarantors of Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this covenant; provided that if the Indebtedness being
guaranteed is subordinated to the Notes, then the Guarantee shall be subordinated to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed; 
  
 (9) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in respect of workers’ compensation claims,
self-insurance obligations, bankers’ acceptances, performance bonds, completion bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds and surety bonds or other similar bonds or obligations, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business, and any Guarantees
or letters of credit functioning as or supporting any of the foregoing; 
  
 (10) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn
against insufficient funds, so long as such Indebtedness is covered within five Business Days; 
  
 (11) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness owed to the FCC to finance the acquisition of FCC
licenses; provided that any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (11) is not recourse to the Company, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or any of its or their assets, other than the licenses acquired with such Indebtedness; 

  

 50 

 
provided further that any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (11) may be recourse to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company if such
Restricted Subsidiary conducts no operations and holds no assets other than the license or licenses acquired with such Indebtedness; and 
  
 (12) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (or
accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (12), not to exceed $5.0 million.

  
 The Company will not incur, and will not permit any Guarantor
to incur, any Indebtedness (including Permitted Debt) that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or such Guarantor, unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of payment
to the Notes and the applicable Subsidiary Guarantee on substantially identical terms. 
  
 For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1)
through (12) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a), the Company will be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence, or later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in
any manner that complies with this Section 4.09. The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and the
payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09;
provided, in each such case, that the amount thereof is included in Consolidated Interest Expense of the Company as accrued. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.09, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary may incur pursuant to this Section 4.09 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values. 
  
 The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be: 
  
 (1) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness
issued with original issue discount; 
  
 (2) in respect of
Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person, the lesser of: 
  
 (A) the Fair Market Value of such asset at the date of determination; and 
  
 (B) the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person; and 
  
 (3) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other
Indebtedness. 
  

 51 

 Section 4.10 Asset Sales. 
  
 The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
to, consummate an Asset Sale unless: 
  
 (1) the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and 
  
 (2) at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset
Sale by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents. For purposes of this provision, each of the following shall be deemed to be cash: 
  
 (A) any liabilities, as shown on the Company’s most recent consolidated balance sheet (or as would be
shown on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of the date of such Asset Sale), of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any
Subsidiary Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to (1) a customary novation agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability or (2) an assignment agreement that includes,
in lieu of such a release, the agreement of the transferee or its parent company to indemnify and hold harmless the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from and against any loss, liability or cost in respect of such assumed liability; 

 
 (B) any securities, notes or other obligations received
by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 30 days after such Asset Sale, to the extent of the cash received in that conversion; and

  
 (C) any stock or assets of the kind referred
to in clauses (2) or (4) of the next paragraph of this Section 4.10. 
  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the 75% limitation referred to above shall be deemed satisfied with respect to any Asset Sale in which the cash or Cash Equivalents portion of the consideration received therefrom, determined in accordance
with the foregoing provision on an after-tax basis, is equal to or greater than what the after-tax proceeds would have been had such Asset Sale complied with the aforementioned 75% limitation. 
  
 Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the
Company (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may apply an amount equal to such Net Proceeds at its option: 
  
 (1) to prepay, repay, defease, redeem, purchase or otherwise retire Secured Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor and, if such
Secured Indebtedness repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto; 
  
 (2) to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or any Capital Stock of, another Permitted Business if, after giving effect to
any such acquisition of Capital Stock, the Permitted Business is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
  
 (3) to make a capital expenditure; or 
  
 (4) to acquire other assets that are not classified as current assets under GAAP and that are used or useful in a Permitted Business.

  

 52 

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset
Sale, the Company (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) enters into a binding written agreement irrevocably committing the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to an application of funds of the kind described in clause (2),
(3) or (4) above, and as to which the only condition to closing is the receipt of required governmental approvals, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed not to be in violation of the preceding paragraph; provided that such
application of funds is consummated within 180 days after the end of such 360-day period. 
  
 Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture.

  
 An amount equal to any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are
not applied or invested as provided in the preceding paragraphs will constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $15.0 million, within five days thereof, the Company will make an Asset Sale
Offer to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales
of assets in accordance with this Section 4.10 to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to
100% of principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain unapplied after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the
amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the sale, conveyance or other
disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will be governed by the provisions of Sections 4.15 and/or 5.01 and not by this Section 4.10. 
  
 The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the
Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any
securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.10, or compliance with the provisions of this Section 4.10 would constitute a violation of any such laws or regulations, the Company will comply with the applicable
securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.10 by virtue of such compliance. 
  
 In the event that, pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Section 4.10, the Company is required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase
Notes (an “Asset Sale Offer”), it will follow the procedures specified below. 
  
 The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to
offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets. The Asset Sale Offer will remain open for a period of at least 20 Business Days following its commencement and not more than 30 Business Days, except to the extent that a longer
period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than three Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Company will apply all Excess Proceeds (the
“Offer Amount”) to the purchase of Notes and such other 

  

 53 

 
pari passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and other
Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments are made. 
  
 If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest and
Liquidated Damages, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.

  
 Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company will
send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice will contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The
notice, which will govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, will state: 
  
 (1) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.10 and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer will remain open; 
  
 (2) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date; 
  
 (3) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will
continue to accrue interest; 
  
 (4) that, unless
the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date; 
  
 (5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes
purchased in integral multiples of $1,000 only; 
  
 (6) that Holders electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by
book-entry transfer, to the Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date; 
  
 (7) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying
Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and
a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; 
  
 (8) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the
Offer Amount, the Company will select the Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness surrendered (with such
adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000, or integral multiples thereof, will be purchased); and 
  

(9) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion
of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer). 
  

 54 

 On or before the Purchase Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro
rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and will deliver or cause to be delivered to the
Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.10. The Company, the Depositary or
the Paying Agent, as the case may be, will promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted
by the Company for purchase, and the Company, will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Company, will authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry) such new Note to such Holder, in a
principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on
the Purchase Date. 
  
 Section 4.11
Transactions with Affiliates.  
  
 (a) The Company will not,
and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any
transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless: 
  
 (1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less
favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and 
  
 (2) the Company delivers to the Trustee: 
  
 (A) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of
related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $1.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with
clause (1) of this Section 4.11(a) and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors; and 
  
 (B) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving
aggregate consideration in excess of $20.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Company or such Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of
national standing. 
  
 (b) The following items will not be deemed
to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of Section 4.11(a): 
  
 (1) any employment agreement, employee benefit plan, officer or director indemnification agreement or any similar arrangement entered into
by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries existing on the Issue Date, or entered into thereafter in the ordinary course of business, and any indemnities or other transactions permitted or required by bylaw, statutory provisions or any of
the foregoing agreements, plans or arrangements; 
  

 55 

 (2) transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

  
 (3) transactions with a Person (other than an
Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company) that is an Affiliate of the Company solely because the Company owns, directly or through a Restricted Subsidiary, an Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person; 
  
 (4) payment of reasonable directors’ fees to directors
of the Company and its Subsidiaries; 
  
 (5) any
issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to, or receipt of any capital contribution from, any Affiliate of the Company; 
  
 (6) any Permitted Investments or Restricted Payments that do not violate Section 4.07 hereof; 
  
 (7) loans or advances to employees in the ordinary course of
business not to exceed $2.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding; and 
  
 (8) any contracts, agreements or understandings existing as of the Issue Date and disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial
statements of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2002 or for the six months ended June 30, 2003, and any amendments to or replacements of such contracts, agreements or understandings so long as any such amendment or replacement is not more
disadvantageous to the Company or to the Holders of the Notes in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date. 
  
 Section 4.12 Liens.  
  
 The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien securing Indebtedness,
upon any asset now owned or hereafter acquired, except Permitted Liens, unless the Notes are equally and ratably secured (except that Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness shall be expressly subordinate to any Lien securing the Notes to at least
the same extent such Subordinated Indebtedness is subordinate to the Notes). 
  
 Section 4.13 Business Activities.  
  
 The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any line of business other than Permitted Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole. 
  
 Section 4.14 Corporate Existence.  
  
 Subject to
Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect: 
  
 (1) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Subsidiaries, in accordance with the
respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Subsidiary; and 
  
 (2) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the
Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its 

  

 56 

 
Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company
and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 
  
 Section 4.15 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.  
  
 (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company will make an offer (a “Change of Control
Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and
unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes repurchased to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date (the “Change of
Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and stating: 
  
 (1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant
to this Section 4.15 and that all Notes tendered will be accepted for payment; 
  
 (2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice
is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”); 
  
 (3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest; 
  
 (4) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the
Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date; 
  
 (5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Notes, with
the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day
preceding the Change of Control Payment Date; 
  
 (6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile
transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have the Notes purchased; and 
  
 (7) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in
part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to $1,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple thereof. 
  
 The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the
Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change in Control. To the extent that the provisions of any
securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of Sections 4.10 or 4.15 of this Indenture, or compliance with the provisions of Sections 4.10 or 4.15 of this Indenture would constitute a violation of any such laws or regulations, the
Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 4.10 or this Section 4.15 by virtue of such compliance. 
  

 57 

 (b) On or before the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful: 

 
 (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes
properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer; 
  
 (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and 
  
 (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’
Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company. 
  
 The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly
authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each new Note will be in a principal amount of
$1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date. 
  
 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.15, the Company
will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.15 and
Section 4.10 hereof and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer, or (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, unless and until there is a default in payment of the
applicable redemption price. 
  
 Section 4.16
Payments for Consent.  
  
 The Company will not, and will not
permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or
provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such
consent, waiver or agreement. 
  
 Section 4.17
Additional Subsidiary Guarantees.  
  
 If the Company or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquires or creates another Domestic Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, then that newly acquired or created Domestic Restricted Subsidiary will become a Guarantor and execute a supplemental indenture and
deliver an Opinion of Counsel satisfactory to the Trustee within ten Business Days of the date on which it was acquired or created to the effect that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by that Domestic
Restricted Subsidiary and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of that Domestic Restricted Subsidiary, enforceable in accordance with its terms (subject to customary exceptions); provided that any Domestic Restricted Subsidiary that
constitutes an Immaterial Subsidiary need not become a Guarantor until such time as it ceases to be an Immaterial Subsidiary. 
  

 58 

 Section 4.18 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 

 
 The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted
Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as Unrestricted will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07 hereof or under
one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted Investments, as determined by the Company. That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition
of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Company may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if that redesignation would not cause a Default. 
  
 ARTICLE 5 
 SUCCESSORS 
  
 Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets. 
  
 The Company shall not (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (regardless of whether the Company is the surviving corporation), or (2) directly or indirectly sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise
dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person; unless: 
  
 (1) either: 
  
 (A) the Company is the surviving corporation; or 

 
 (B) the Person formed by or surviving any such
consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States
or the District of Columbia; 
  
 (2) the Person
formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes,
this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 
  
 (3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and 
  
 (4) the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any
such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made will, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related
financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable two-quarter period, be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a)
hereof. 
  
 In addition, the Company will not, directly or
indirectly, lease all or substantially all of the properties and assets of it and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person. 
  

 59 

 This Section 5.01 will not apply to: 
  
 (1) a merger of the Company with an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in
another jurisdiction; and 
  
 (2) any merger or
consolidation, or any sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors. 
  
 Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted. 
  
 Upon any merger or consolidation, or any sale, transfer, assignment,
conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor person formed by the consolidation or into which the Company
is merged or to which the sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance or other disposition is made, will succeed to and be substituted for the Company, and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if
the successor had been named as the Company herein; provided, however, that the predecessor Company shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes except in the case of a sale of all of the
Company’s assets in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof. 
  
 ARTICLE 6 
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

  
 Section 6.01 Events of Default.

  
 Each of the following is an “Event of
Default”: 
  
 (1) default for 30 days in
the payment when due of interest on, or Liquidated Damages, if any, with respect to, the Notes; 
  
 (2) default in the payment when due (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise) of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;

  
 (3) failure by the Company to comply with its
obligations in Section 5.01 hereof or to consummate a purchase of Notes when required pursuant to Sections 4.10 or 4.15 hereof; 
  
 (4) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 30 days to comply with the provisions of Sections 4.07 or 4.09 or to
comply with the provisions of Sections 4.10 or 4.15 to the extent not described in clause (3) above; 
  
 (5) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of
at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes to comply with any of the other agreements in this Indenture or the Notes; 
  

 60 

 (6) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued
or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) whether such
Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue Date, if that default: 
  
 (A) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace
period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a “Payment Default”); or 
  
 (B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity, 
  
 and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together
with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $15.0 million or more; 
  
 (7) any final judgment or decree (to the extent not covered by insurance) for the payment of money in excess
of $15.0 million is entered against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and is not paid or discharged, and there is any period of 60 consecutive days following entry of such final judgment or decree during which a stay of enforcement
of such final judgment or decree, by reason of pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect; 
  
 (8) except as permitted by this Indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or
ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee; and 
  
 (9) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that
is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law: 
  
 (A) commences a voluntary case, 
  
 (B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it
in an involuntary case, 
  
 (C) consents to the
appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, 
  
 (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or 
  
 (E) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or 
  
 (10) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or
decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 
  
 (A) is
for relief against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;

  
 (B) appoints a custodian of the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or 
  

 61 

 (C) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a
Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; 
  
 and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days. 
  
 Section 6.02 Acceleration. 
  
 In the case of an Event of Default specified in clause (9) or (10) of Section 6.01 hereof, with respect to the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately
without further action or notice (subject to applicable law). If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due
and payable immediately; 
  
 Upon any such declaration, the Notes
shall become due and payable immediately. 
  
 The Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of all of the Holders, rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree
and if all existing Events of Default (except nonpayment of principal, interest or premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived. 
  
 If an Event of Default occurs on or after October 1, 2007 by reason of any
willful action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the Company with the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Company would have had to pay if the Company then had elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to Section
3.07 hereof, then, upon acceleration of the Notes, an equivalent premium shall also become and be immediately due and payable, to the extent permitted by law, anything in this Indenture or in the Notes to the contrary notwithstanding. If an Event of
Default occurs prior to October 1, 2007 by reason of any willful action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the Company with the intention of avoiding the prohibition on redemption of the Notes prior to such date, then, upon
acceleration of the Notes, an additional premium shall also become and be immediately due and payable, to the extent permitted by law, in an amount, for each of the years beginning on October 1 of the years set forth below, as set forth below
(expressed as a percentage of the principal amount of the Notes on the date of payment that would otherwise be due but for the provisions of this sentence): 
  

	 Year

	  	Percentage

	 
	 2003
	  	10.750	%
	 2004
	  	9.406	%
	 2005
	  	8.063	%
	 2006
	  	6.719	%

  
 Upon becoming aware of
any Default or Event of Default, the Company is required to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default. 
  
 Section 6.03 Other Remedies. 
  
 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium and Liquidated
Damages, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 
  

 62 

 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce
any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event
of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 
  
 Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults. 
  
 Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive an existing Default or Event of Default
and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase); provided,
however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such
waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right
consequent thereon. 
  
 Section
6.05 Control by Majority. 
  
 Holders of a majority
in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse
to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability. 
  
 Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits. 

 
 Subject to the provisions of Section 7.01 hereof, in case an Event of
Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or
security against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest or Liquidated Damages (if any) when due, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the
Notes unless: 
  
 (1) such Holder has previously
given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing; 
  
 (2) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 
  
 (3) such Holders have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or
expense; 
  
 (4) the Trustee has not complied
with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and 
  
 (5) Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with
such request within such 60-day period. 
  

 63 

 A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to
obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note. 
  
 Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment. 
  
 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium and Liquidated Damages,
if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not
be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 
  
 Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee. 
  
 If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole
amount of principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and
expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 
  
 Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 
  
 The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in
order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to
the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any
such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for
the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a
Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement
or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the
rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 
  
 Section 6.10 Priorities. 
  
 If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order: 
  
 First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for
amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection; 
  

 64 

 Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal,
premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any and interest, respectively; and

  
 Third: to the Company or to such party
as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct. 
  
 The Trustee
may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10. 
  
 Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs. 
  
 In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any
action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including
reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a
Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 
  
 ARTICLE 7 
 TRUSTEE 
  
 Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee. 
  
 (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will
exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

  
 (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

  
 (1) the duties of the Trustee will be
determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture
against the Trustee; and 
  
 (2) in the absence
of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this
Indenture. However, the Trustee will examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture. 
  
 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except
that: 
  
 (1) this paragraph does not limit the
effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01; 
  

 65 

 (2) the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a
Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 
  
 (3) the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction
received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof. 
  
 (d) Whether
or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section 7.01. 
  
 (e) No provision of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The
Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder has offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or
expense. 
  
 (f) The Trustee will not be liable for interest on
any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
  
 (g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of
Default with respect to any series of Securities, except Events of Default under Section 6.01(1) or (2), unless a Trust Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is
received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Securities and this Indenture. 
  
 Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee. 
  

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The
Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 
  
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such
Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action
taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon. 
  
 (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care. 
  
 (d) The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized
or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
  
 (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company will be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company. 
  
 (f) The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the
request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

  

 66 

 Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee. 
  
 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or
pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such
conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee (if this Indenture has been qualified under the TIA) or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and
7.11 hereof. 
  
 Section 7.04
Trustee’s Disclaimer. 
  
 The Trustee will not be
responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the
Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any statement or recital
herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication. 
  
 Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults. 
  
 If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known
to the Trustee, the Trustee will mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium or Liquidated Damages, if
any, or interest on, any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. 
  
 Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the
Notes. 
  
 (a) Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning
with the May 15 following the Issue Date, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee will mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described
in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also will comply with TIA § 313(b)(2). The Trustee will also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA
§ 313(c). 
  
 (b) A copy of each report at the time of its
mailing to the Holders of Notes will be mailed by the Trustee to the Company and filed by the Trustee with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d). The Company will promptly notify the
Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange. 
  
 Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity. 
  
 (a) The Company will pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation will not be limited by any law on
compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company will reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such
expenses will include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel. 
  

 67 

 (b) The Company and the Guarantors will indemnify the Trustee against any and all losses, liabilities or
expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company and the Guarantors (including this
Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, the Guarantors, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to
the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith. The Trustee will notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company will not
relieve the Company or any of the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder. The Company or such Guarantor will defend the claim and the Trustee will cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company will pay the
reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor need pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. 
  
 (c) The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 will survive the satisfaction and discharge of
this Indenture. 
  
 (d) To secure the Company’s and the
Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such
Lien will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 
  
 (e) When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01 (9) or (10) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and
counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 
  
 (f) The Trustee will comply with the provisions of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable. 
  
 Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee. 
  
 (a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance
of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. 
  
 (b) The
Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and
the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if: 
  
 (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof; 
  
 (2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy
Law; 
  
 (3) a custodian or public officer takes
charge of the Trustee or its property; or 
  
 (4)
the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 
  
 (c) If the Trustee
resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company will promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of
the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company. 
  

 68 

 (d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is
removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
  
 (e) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder
for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
  
 (f) A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment
to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor
Trustee will mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to
the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
  
 Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

  
 If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or
transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act will be the successor Trustee. 
  
 Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification. 
  
 There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation
organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities
and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. 
  
 This Indenture will always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA §
310(b). 
  
 Section 7.11 Preferential
Collection of Claims Against Company. 
  
 The Trustee is
subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 
  

 69 

 ARTICLE 8 
 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 
  
 Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
  
 The Company may, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, and at any time, elect to
have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8. 
  
 Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge. 
  
 Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company and
each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Subsidiary Guarantees) on the
date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness
represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Subsidiary Guarantees), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses
(1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the
same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: 
  
 (1) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or interest or premium and Liquidated
Damages, if any, on such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.04 hereof; 
  
 (2) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Sections 2.04, 2.06, 2.07, 2.10 and 4.02 hereof; 
  
 (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the
Trustee hereunder and the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and 
  
 (4) this Article 8. 
  
 Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option
under Section 8.03 hereof. 
  
 Section 8.03
Covenant Defeasance. 
  
 Upon the Company’s exercise
under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from each of their obligations under
the covenants contained in Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17 and 4.18 hereof and clause (4) of Section 5.01 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04
hereof are satisfied (such release and termination hereinafter referred to as “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or
declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed
outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and Subsidiary Guarantees, the Company and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of
any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in
any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a 

  

 70 

 
Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Subsidiary
Guarantees will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof,
Sections 6.01(3) through 6.01(7) hereof and, only with respect to Subsidiaries of the Company, Section 6.01(9) hereof will not constitute Events of Default. 
  
 Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. 
  
 In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof: 
  
 (1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee,
in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion
of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm, or firm of independent public accountants to pay the principal of, or interest and premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the stated date for
payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to such stated date for payment or to a particular redemption date; 
  
 (2) in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof,
the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that: 
  
 (A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or 
  
 (B) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the
applicable federal income tax law, 
  
 in either case to the
effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel will confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to
federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 
  
 (3) in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that
the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same
times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 
  
 (4) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default
resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit); 
  
 (5) the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound;

  

 71 

 (6) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation
of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound; 
  
 (7) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an
Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other
creditors of the Company or others; 
  
 (8) the
Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate, stating that all conditions precedent set forth in clauses (1) through (7) of this Section 8.04 have been complied with; and 
  
 (9) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of
Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions, qualifications and exclusions), stating that all conditions precedent set forth in clauses (2), (3) and (5) of this Section 8.04 have been complied with; provided that
the Opinion of Counsel with respect to clause (5) of this Section 8.04 may be to the knowledge of such counsel. 
  
 Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. 
  
 Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable Government
Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes
will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may
determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by
law. 
  
 The Company will pay and indemnify the Trustee against
any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other
charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 
  
 Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it
as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section
8.04(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
  
 Section 8.06 Repayment to Company. 
  
 Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the
principal of, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on
its request or (if then held by the 

  

 72 

 
Company) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Company for payment thereof, and
all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to
make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which
will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company. 
  
 Section 8.07 Reinstatement. 
  
 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or non-callable Government Securities in
accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s and the
Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is
permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on any Note
following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
  
 ARTICLE 9 
 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 
  
 Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes. 
  
 Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this
Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Notes without the consent of any Holder of a Note: 
  
 (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; 
  
 (2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; 
  
 (3) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a
Guarantor’s obligations to Holders of the Notes and Subsidiary Guarantees in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s or such Guarantor’s assets, as applicable; 
  
 (4) to effect the release of a Guarantor from its Subsidiary
Guarantee and the termination of such Subsidiary Guarantee, all in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture governing such release and termination; 
  
 (5) to add any Subsidiary Guarantees or to secure the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantees; 
  
 (6) to make any change that would provide any additional
rights or benefits to the Holders of Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any such Holder; 
  

 73 

 (7) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the
qualification of this Indenture under the TIA; 
  
 (8) to conform the text of this Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the Company’s Offering Memorandum dated September 24, 2003, relating to the initial offering of the Notes, to
the extent that such provision in that “Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Notes; or 
  
 (9) to provide for a successor Trustee in accordance with
the provisions hereof. 
  
 Upon the request of the Company
accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company
and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee will
not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 
  
 Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes. 
  
 Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture
(including, without limitation, Section 4.10 and 4.15 hereof), the Subsidiary Guarantees and the Notes with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any)
then outstanding voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event
of Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes voting as a single class (including
consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes).  
  
 Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental
indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee will join
with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in
which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture. 
  
 It is not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver,
but it is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment or waiver. 
  
 After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company will mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a
notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or
waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class may waive compliance in a particular instance by 

  

 74 

 
the Company with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes, or the Subsidiary Guarantees. However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment
or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): 
  
 (1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver; 
  
 (2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of
any Note or alter any of the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes; provided, however, that any purchase or repurchase of Notes, including pursuant to Sections 4.10 and 4.15 hereof, shall not be deemed a redemption of
the Notes; 
  
 (3) reduce the rate of or change
the time for payment of interest, including default interest, on any Note; 
  
 (4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of or premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration); 
  
 (5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes; 
  
 (6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights
of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes; 
  
 (7) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note; provided, however, that any purchase or repurchase of Notes,
including pursuant Sections 4.10 and 4.15 hereof, shall not be deemed a redemption of the Notes; 
  
 (8) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance with the
terms of this Indenture; or 
  
 (9) make any
change in the foregoing amendment and waiver provisions. 
  
 Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. 
  
 Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes will be set forth in a amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect. 
  
 Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents.

  
 Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a
consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not
made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An
amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder. 
  

 75 

 The Company may fix a record date for determining which Holders must consent to such amendment,
supplement or waiver. If the Company fixes a record date, the record date shall be fixed at (i) the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee prior to
such solicitation pursuant to Section 2.05, or (ii) such other date as the Company shall designate. 
  
 Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 
  
 The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated.
The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 
  
 Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment,
supplement or waiver. 
  
 Section 9.06 Trustee
to Sign Amendments, etc. 
  
 The Trustee will sign any
amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amended or supplemental
indenture until the Board of Directors approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) will be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the
documents required by Section 12.04 hereof, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. 
  
 ARTICLE 10 
 SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES 
  
 Section 10.01. Guarantee. 
  
 (a) Subject to this
Article 10, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and
enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that: 
  
 (1) the principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at
maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be
promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and 
  
 (2) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid
in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. 
  
 Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally
obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection. 
  

 76 

 (b) The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder are unconditional, irrespective of the
validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment
against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor hereby waives
diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant
that this Subsidiary Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture. 
  
 (c) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or
other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Subsidiary Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect.

  
 (d) Each Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any
right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, as between the
Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Subsidiary Guarantee, notwithstanding
any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations
(regardless of whether due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Subsidiary Guarantee. The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the
exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Subsidiary Guarantee. 
  
 Section 10.02. Limitation on Guarantor Liability. 
  
 Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or
conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Subsidiary Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention,
the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount that will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of
such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor
under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 
  
 Section 10.03. Execution and Delivery of Subsidiary Guarantee Notation. 
  

To evidence its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee
substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E hereto will be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture will be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by one of its
Officers. 
  

 77 

 Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof will remain
in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee. 
  
 If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Subsidiary Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the
Note on which a Subsidiary Guarantee is endorsed, the Subsidiary Guarantee will be valid nevertheless. 
  
 The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, will constitute due delivery of the Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in
this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors. 
  
 In the event that
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries creates or acquires any Domestic Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, if required by Section 4.17 hereof, then that newly acquired or created Domestic Restricted Subsidiary will comply with
the provisions of Section 4.17 hereof and this Article 10, to the extent applicable. 
  
 Section 10.04. Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms. 
  
 Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05 hereof, no Guarantor may sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (regardless of whether such
Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than the Company or another Guarantor, unless: 
  
 (1) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and 
  
 (2) either: 
  
 (a) subject to Section 10.05 hereof, if it is not such
Guarantor, the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under this Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantee and the
Registration Rights Agreement (on the terms set forth herein or therein) pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, in which case the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Guarantor will be released as
contemplated by Section 10.05 hereof; or 
  
 (b)
the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation, Section 4.10 hereof. 
  
 In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by
supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Subsidiary Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture
to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person will succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the
Subsidiary Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Subsidiary Guarantees so issued will in all respects have the same legal
rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Subsidiary Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Subsidiary Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

  

 78 

 Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 hereof, and notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, nothing
contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes will prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or will prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or
substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Guarantor. 
  
 Section
10.05. Releases. 
  
 (a) In the event of any sale or other
disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of any Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, or a sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of any Guarantor, in each case to a Person that is not (either before or
after giving effect to such transactions) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, then such Guarantor (in the event of a sale or other disposition, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all of the Capital Stock of such
Guarantor) or the corporation acquiring the property (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Guarantor) will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee;
provided that the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10 hereof. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an
Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such sale or other disposition was made by the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10 hereof, the Trustee will
execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee. 
  
 (b) Upon designation of any Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, such Guarantor will be released and
relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee. 
  
 (c) Upon Legal Defeasance in accordance with Article 8 hereof or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture in accordance with Article 11 hereof, each Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary
Guarantee. 
  
 Any Guarantor not released from its obligations
under its Subsidiary Guarantee as provided in this Section 10.05 will remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this
Indenture as provided in this Article 10. 
  
 ARTICLE 11

 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 
  
 Section 11.01 Satisfaction and Discharge. 
  
 This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, when: 

 
 (1) either: 
  
 (a) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost,
stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or 
  

 79 

 (b) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become
due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in
trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in such amounts as will be sufficient, without consideration of
any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

  
 (2) no Default or Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit); 
  
 (3) such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material
agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound; 
  
 (4) the Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and 
  
 (5) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to
the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be. 
  
 In addition, the Company must deliver to the Trustee (a) an Officers’ Certificate, stating that all conditions precedent set forth in clauses (1) through (5) above
have been satisfied and (b) an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and qualifications), stating that all conditions precedent set forth in clauses (3) and (5) above have been satisfied;
provided that the Opinion of Counsel with respect to clause (3) above may be to the knowledge of such counsel. 
  
 Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (b) of clause (1) of
this Section, the provisions of Sections 11.02 and 8.06 will survive. In addition, nothing in this Section 11.01 will be deemed to discharge those provisions of Section 7.07 hereof, that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of
this Indenture. 
  
 Section 11.02 Application
of Trust Money. 
  
 Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06
hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent
(including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such
money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
  
 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 11.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or
governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be 

  

 80 

 
revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof; provided that if the Company has made any payment of
principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held
by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
  
 ARTICLE 12 

MISCELLANEOUS 
  
 Section 12.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls. 
  
 If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA §318(c), the imposed
duties will control. 
  
 Section 12.02
Notices. 
  
 Any notice or communication by the Company,
any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day
delivery, to the others’ address: 
  
 If to the Company
and/or any Guarantor 
  
 MetroPCS, Inc. 
 8144 Walnut Hill Lane 
 Dallas, Texas 75231

 Telecopier No.: (214) 265-2570 
 Attention: Chief Financial Officer 
  
 With a copy to:

 Andrews Kurth LLP 
 600 Travis,
Suite 4200 
 Houston, Texas 77002 
 Telecopier No.: (713) 238-7279 
 Attention: Henry Havre 
  
 If to the Trustee: 
 U.S. Bank National Association 
 60 Livingston Avenue 
 St. Paul, Minnesota 55107-2292 
 Telecopier No.: (651) 495-8097 
 Attention: Corporate Finance Department 
  
 The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or
communications. 
  
 All notices and communications (other than
those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt
acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery. 
  

 81 

 Any notice or communication to a Holder will be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered,
return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication will also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the
extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it will not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. 
  
 If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, regardless
of whether the addressee receives it. 
  
 If the Company mails a
notice or communication to Holders, it will mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time. 
  
 Section 12.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes. 
  
 Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders
with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c). 
  
 Section 12.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 
  
 Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any
action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee: 
  
 (1) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all
conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and 
  
 (2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in
Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied. 
  
 Section 12.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. 
  
 Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other
than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) must comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and must include: 
  
 (1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
  
 (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the
examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
  
 (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or
her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and 
  
 (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied. 
  

 82 

 Section 12.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents. 
  
 The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of
Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions. 
  
 Section 12.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders. 
  
 No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or
stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of,
such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities
under the federal securities laws. 
  
 Section
12.08 Governing Law. 
  
 THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF
NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES. 
  
 Section 12.09 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 
  
 This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries
or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 
  
 Section 12.10 Successors. 
  
 All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its
successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05. 
  
 Section 12.11 Severability. 
  
 In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining
provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
  
 Section 12.12 Counterpart Originals. 
  
 The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 
  
 Section 12.13 Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 
  
 The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles
and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
  
 [Signatures on following page] 
  

 83 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Indenture as of the date first
written above. 
  

	 METROPCS, INC.

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Roger D. Linquist

	 	 	 Name: Roger D. Linquist

	 	 	 Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

	
	 METROPCS WIRELESS, INC.

	 METROPCS CALIFORNIA/FLORIDA, INC.

	 METROPCS CHICO, INC.

	 METROPCS GEORGIA, INC.

	 GWI PCS1, INC.

	 GWI PCS2, INC.

	 GWI PCS3, INC.

	 GWI PCS4, INC.

	 GWI PCS5, INC.

	 GWI PCS6, INC.

	 GWI PCS7, INC.

	 GWI PCS8, INC.

	 GWI PCS9, INC.

	 GWI PCS10, INC.

	 GWI PCS11, INC.

	 GWI PCS12, INC.

	 GWI PCS13, INC.

	 GWI PCS14, INC.

	 REAUCTION, INC.

	 PCS81, LLC

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Roger D. Linquist

	 	 	 Name: Roger D. Linquist

	 	 	 Title: President and Chief Executive Officer of       each of the foregoing
entities

	 U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Frank P. Leslie

	 	 	 Name: Frank P. Leslie

	 	 	 Title: Vice President

	 [Face of Note]

			
	 	  	 	  	CUSIP/CINS             
			
	 	  	10 3/4% Senior Note due
2011	  	 
			
	 No.             
	  	 	  	 $            

  

	METROPCS, INC.
	
	 promises to pay to              or registered
assigns,

	
	 the principal sum of              DOLLARS on October 1,
2011.

	
	 Interest Payment Dates: April 1 and October 1

	
	 Record Dates: March 15 and September 15

	
	 Dated:             ,
200    

  

	 	 	 METROPCS, INC.

			
	 	 	By:	 	  

	 	 	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 	 	 Title:

  

	 This is one of the Notes referred to
 in the within-mentioned Indenture:
	 	 
		
	 U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
 as Trustee
	 	 
			
	 By:
	 	  

	 	 
	 	 	Authorized Signatory	 	 

  

 A1-1 

 [Back of Note] 
 10 3/4% Senior Note due 2011 
  
 [Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

  
 [Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the
provisions of the Indenture] 
  
 Capitalized terms used
herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. 
  
 (1) INTEREST. MetroPCS, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), promises to
pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 10 3/4% per annum until maturity and shall pay the
Liquidated Damages, if any, payable pursuant to Section 5 of the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Company will pay interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, semi-annually in arrears on April 1 and October 1 of each year, or if any
such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid,
from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date,
interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided further that the first Interest Payment Date shall be April 1, 2004. The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any
Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 0.75% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any
Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a
360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 
  
 (2) METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of
Notes at the close of business on the March 15 or September 15 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the
Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State of New
York, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of
immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the
Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 
  
 (3) PAYING AGENT
AND REGISTRAR. Initially, U.S. Bank National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice
to any Holder; provided, however, that the Company shall at all times maintain a Paying Agent in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity. 
  

 A1-2 

 (4) INDENTURE. The Company issued the Notes under an
Indenture dated as of September 29, 2003 (the “Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the TIA.
The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the
Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Notes are unsecured obligations of the Company. 
  
 (5) OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. 
  
 (a) Except as set forth in subparagraph (b) of this Paragraph 5, the Company will not have the option to redeem the Notes
prior to October 1, 2007. On or after October 1, 2007, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth
below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes redeemed to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on October 1 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of
Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date: 
  

	 Year

	  	Percentage

	 
	 2007
	  	105.375	%
	 2008
	  	102.688	%
	 2009 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

  
 Unless the Company
defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date. 
  
 (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (a) of this Paragraph 5, at any time prior to October 1 2006, the Company
may on any one or more occasions redeem Notes issued under the Indenture at a redemption price of 110.750% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the redemption date, with the net cash
proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Initial Notes originally issued under the Indenture on the Issue Date (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remains
outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption and the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering. 
  
 (6) MANDATORY REDEMPTION. 
  
 The Company will not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking
fund payments with respect to the Notes. 
  
 (7)
REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDER. 
  
 (a) If there is a Change of Control, the Company will be required to make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each
Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and
Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes repurchased to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date (the “Change of Control
Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture. 
  

 A1-3 

 (b) If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company consummates any Asset Sales,
within five days of each date on which the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $15.0 million, the Company will commence an offer to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes
containing provisions similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets (an “Asset Sale Offer”) in accordance with Section 4.10 of the Indenture to purchase
the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid
interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. If any Excess Proceeds remain unapplied after consumption of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess
Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive notice of an Asset Sale Offer from the
Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes. 
  
 (8) NOTICE OF
REDEMPTION. Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption
notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction or discharge of the Indenture. Notes in denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in
part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption. 
  
 (9) DENOMINATIONS,
TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as
provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted
by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register
the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date. 
  
 (10) PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The
registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes. 
  
 (11) AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Notes may be
amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with
any provision of the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the 

  

 A1-4 

 
then outstanding Notes voting as a single class. Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Notes may be
amended or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to
Holders of the Notes and Subsidiary Guarantees in case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s or such Guarantor’s assets, as applicable, to effect the release of a Guarantor from its Subsidiary
Guarantee and the termination of such Subsidiary Guarantee, all in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture governing such release and termination, to add any Subsidiary Guarantees or to secure the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantees, to make
any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or
maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, to conform the text of the Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the Company’s Offering Memorandum dated September 24, 2003 relating
to the initial offering of the Notes, to the extent that such provision in that “Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Notes, or to provide for a
successor Trustee in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture. 
  
 (12) DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. Events of Default include: (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or Liquidated Damages, if any,
with respect to, the Notes; (ii) default in the payment when due (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise) of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes; (iii) failure by the Company to comply with its obligations in Section 5.01 of the
Indenture or to consummate a purchase of Notes when required pursuant to Sections 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture; (iv) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 30 days to comply with the provisions of Sections 4.07 or 4.09 of
the Indenture or to comply with the provisions of Sections 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture to the extent not described in clause (iii) above; (v) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after notice to the Company by
the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes to comply with any of the other agreements in the Indenture or the Notes; (vi) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which
there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries)
whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue Date, if that default: (a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period
provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a “Payment Default”); or (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity, and, in each case, the principal amount of any such
Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $15.0 million or more; (vii) a final judgment or decree (to the
extent not covered by insurance) for the payment of money in excess of $15.0 million is entered against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and is not paid or discharged, and there is any period of 60 consecutive days following entry
of such final judgment or decree during which a stay of enforcement of such final judgment or decree, by reason of pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect; (viii) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee is held in any
judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee; and
(ix) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would constitute a 

  

 A1-5 

 
Significant Subsidiary. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency described in clause (ix) above, all outstanding
Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice (subject to applicable law). Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority
in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of
Default relating to the payment of principal of, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on, any Note) if it in good faith determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of
the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of all of the Holders, rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default
(except nonpayment of principal, interest or premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding
compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default. 
  
 (13) TRUSTEE DEALINGS
WITH COMPANY. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the
Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee. 
  
 (14) NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. A director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder, of the Company or any of the Guarantors,
as such, will not have any liability for any obligations of the Company or such Guarantor under the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each
Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. 
  
 (15) AUTHENTICATION. This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the
Trustee or an authenticating agent. 
  
 (16)
ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of
survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 
  
 (17) ADDITIONAL RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF
HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. In addition to the rights
and obligations of Holders of Notes under the Indenture, each Holder of Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes will have all the rights and obligations set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of September 29, 2003
among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof or, in the case of Additional Notes, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will have the rights and obligations set forth in
one or more registration rights agreements, if any, among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties thereto, relating to rights given by the Company and the Guarantors to the purchasers of any Additional Notes (collectively, the
“Registration Rights Agreement”). By such Holders 

  

 A1-6 

 
acceptance of Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes, such Holder acknowledges and agrees to the provisions of the Registration Rights
Agreement, including without limitation the obligations of the Holders with respect to indemnification of the Company and the Guarantors to the extent provided therein. 
  
 (18) CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the
Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the
accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
  
 (19) GOVERNING LAW. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW
YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES. 
  
 The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests
may be made to: 
  
 MetroPCS, Inc. 
 8144 Walnut Hill Lane 
 Dallas, Texas 75231 
 Telecopier No.: (214) 265-2570 
 Attention: Chief Financial Officer 
  

 A1-7 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
  
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
  

	 (I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:
	  	  

	 	  	(Insert assignee’s legal name)

  

	  

	(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
	  

	  

	  

	  

	(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

  

	and irrevocably appoint	 	  

 to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
  

	 Date:
	 	  

  

	 	  	 Your Signature:
	 	  

	 	  	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

  

	 Signature Guarantee*:
	 	  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  

 A1-8 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT
PURCHASE 
  
 If you want to elect to have this Note
purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below: 
  
  ̈Section
4.10                        ̈Section 4.15 
  
  
 If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount
you elect to have purchased: 
  
 $                             
  

	 Date:
	 	  

  

	 	 	 Your Signature:
	 	  

	 	 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
	 	 	 Tax Identification No.:
	 	  

  

	 Signature Guarantee*:
	 	  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  

 A1-9 

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE* 
  
 The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in
another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: 
  

	 Date of Exchange

	 	 Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount
 of this Global Note

	 	 Amount of increase in
Principal Amount
 of this Global Note

	  	 Principal Amount
 of this Global Note
following such
 decrease
 (or increase)

	  	Signature of authorized
officer of Trustee or
Custodian

	*	This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.  

  

 A1-10 

 EXHIBIT A2 
  
 [Face of Regulation S Temporary Global Note] 
  

	 	  	 	  	CUSIP/CINS             
			
	 	  	10 3/4% Senior Note due
2011	  	 
			
	 No.     
	  	 	  	 $            

  
 METROPCS, INC.

  
 promises to pay to
                                        
                                        
                                     or registered assigns,

  
 the principal sum of
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                     DOLLARS 
 on October 1, 2011. 
  
 Interest Payment Dates: April 1 and October 1 
  
 Record Dates: March 15 and September 15 
  
 Dated:                 ,
200     
  

	 METROPCS, INC.

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title:

  

	 This is one of the Notes referred to in the
 within-mentioned Indenture:

	
	 U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
   as Trustee

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 	 	                 Authorized
Signatory

  

 A-2-1 

 [Back of Regulation S Temporary Global Note] 
 10 3/4% Senior Note due 2011 
  
 THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND
PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN). NEITHER THE HOLDER NOR THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF INTEREST
HEREON. 
  
 THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE
INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED
PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF
THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY. 
  
 UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF
THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS
PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS
REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY
TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
  
 THE SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE
UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH
PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER
THAT (A) SUCH SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (1) (a) IN THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A

  

 A2-2 

 
TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (b) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT, (c) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (d) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501 (a) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF THE SECURITIES ACT) THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER,
FURNISHES THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS (THE FORM OF WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES LESS THAN $250,000, AN OPINION
OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO METROPCS, INC. THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT OR (e) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF
METROPCS, INC. SO REQUESTS), (2) TO METROPCS, INC. OR (3) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND
(B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER FROM IT OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN (A) ABOVE. 
  
 Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise
indicated. 
  
 (1)
INTEREST. MetroPCS, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 10 3/4% per annum until maturity and shall pay the Liquidated Damages, if any, payable pursuant to Section 5 of the Registration Rights Agreement referred to
below. The Company will pay interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, semi-annually in arrears on April 1 and October 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment
Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of
interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided further that the
first Interest Payment Date shall be April 1, 2004. The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is
0.75% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, (without regard to any
applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 
  
 Until this Regulation S Temporary Global Note is exchanged for one or more Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Holder
hereof shall not be entitled to receive payments of interest hereon; until so exchanged in full, this Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall in all other respects be entitled to the same benefits as other Notes under the Indenture. 
  

 A2-3 

 (2) METHOD OF PAYMENT.
The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the March 15 or September 15 next preceding the Interest Payment
Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium,
Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, may
be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and
Liquidated Damages, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United States of America
as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 
  
 (3) PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, U.S. Bank
National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder; provided, however, that the Company shall at all times
maintain a Paying Agent in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity. 
  
 (4) INDENTURE. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of September 29, 2003 (the
“Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the TIA. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and
Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The
Notes are unsecured obligations of the Company. 
  
 (5) OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. 
  
 (a) Except as set forth in subparagraph (b) of this Paragraph 5, the Company will not have the option to redeem the Notes prior to October 1, 2007. On or after October 1, 2007, the Company may redeem all or a part of
the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes redeemed to the
applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on October 1 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date:

  

	 Year

	  	Percentage

	 
	 2007
	  	105.375	%
	 2008
	  	102.688	%
	 2009 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

  
 Unless the Company
defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date. 
  

 A2-4 

 (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (a) of this Paragraph 5, at any time
prior to October 1 2006, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem Notes issued under the Indenture at a redemption price of 110.750% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the
redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Initial Notes originally issued under the Indenture on the Issue Date (excluding Notes held by the
Company and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption and the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering. 
  
 (6) MANDATORY
REDEMPTION. 
  
 The Company will not be
required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 
  
 (7) REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDER.

  
 (a) If there is a Change of Control, the
Company will be required to make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price equal to 101%
of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes repurchased to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive
interest due on the relevant interest payment date (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the Change of
Control Offer as required by the Indenture. 
  
 (b) If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company consummates any Asset Sales, within five days of each date on which the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $15.0 million, the Company will commence an offer to all
Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets (an
“Asset Sale Offer”) in accordance with Section 4.10 of the Indenture to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price
in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. If any Excess Proceeds remain
unapplied after consumption of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari
passu Indebtedness surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Holders of Notes that are the
subject of an offer to purchase will receive notice of Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect
Purchase” attached to the Notes. 
  
 (8)
NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its
registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction or discharge of the Indenture. Notes in
denominations larger than $1,000 may be 

  

 A2-5 

 
redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date
interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption. 
  
 (9) DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000.
The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may
require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note
being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment
Date. 
  
 This Regulation S Temporary Global Note is exchangeable
in whole or in part for one or more Global Notes only (i) on or after the termination of the 40-day distribution compliance period (as defined in Regulation S) and (ii) upon presentation of certificates (accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel, if
applicable) required by Article 2 of the Indenture. Upon exchange of this Regulation S Temporary Global Note for one or more Global Notes, the Trustee shall cancel this Regulation S Temporary Global Note. 
  
 (10) PERSONS DEEMED
OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes. 
  
 (11) AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. Subject to
certain exceptions, the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and Additional Notes, if any, voting as
a single class, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes voting as a single class. Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for
uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to Holders of the Notes and Subsidiary Guarantees in case of a merger or consolidation or
sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s or such Guarantor’s assets, as applicable, to effect the release of a Guarantor from its Subsidiary Guarantee and the termination of such Subsidiary Guarantee, all in accordance with the
provisions of the Indenture governing such release and termination, to add any Subsidiary Guarantees or to secure the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantees, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of Notes
or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, to conform the text of the
Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the Company’s Offering Memorandum dated September 24, 2003 relating to the initial offering of the Notes, to the extent that such provision in that
“Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Notes, or to provide for a successor Trustee in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture. 

 

 A2-6 

 (12) DEFAULTS AND
REMEDIES. Events of Default include: (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or Liquidated Damages, if any, with respect to, the Notes; (ii) default in the payment when due (at maturity, upon
redemption or otherwise) of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes; (iii) failure by the Company to comply with its obligations in Section 5.01 of the Indenture or to consummate a purchase of Notes when required pursuant to Sections 4.10
or 4.15 of the Indenture; (iv) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 30 days to comply with the provisions of Sections 4.07 or 4.09 of the Indenture or to comply with the provisions of Sections 4.10 or 4.15 of the
Indenture to the extent not described in clause (iii) above; (v) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the
then outstanding Notes to comply with any of the other agreements in the Indenture or the Notes; (vi) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness
for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue
Date, if that default: (a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a “Payment
Default”); or (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity, and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under
which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $15.0 million or more; (vii) a final judgment or decree (to the extent not covered by insurance) for the payment of money in excess of $15.0 million
is entered against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and is not paid or discharged, and there is any period of 60 consecutive days following entry of such final judgment or decree during which a stay of enforcement of such final
judgment or decree, by reason of pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect; (viii) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in
full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee; and (ix) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders
of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency
described in clause (ix) above, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice (subject to applicable law). Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture.
Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default
or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal of, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on, any Note) if it in good faith determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of all of the Holders, rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any
judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except nonpayment of principal, interest or premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived. The Company is required
to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of
Default. 
  

 A2-7 

 (13) TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH
COMPANY. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its
Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee. 
  
 (14) NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. A director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder, of the Company or any of the Guarantors, as such, will not have
any liability for any obligations of the Company or such Guarantor under the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a
Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. 
  
 (15) AUTHENTICATION. This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the
Trustee or an authenticating agent. 
  
 (16)
ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of
survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 
  
 (17) ADDITIONAL RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF
HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. In addition to the rights
and obligations of Holders of Notes under the Indenture, each Holder of Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes will have all the rights and obligations set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of September 29, 2003
among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof or, in the case of Additional Notes, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will have the rights and obligations set forth in
one or more registration rights agreements, if any, among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties thereto, relating to rights given by the Company and the Guarantors to the purchasers of any Additional Notes (collectively, the
“Registration Rights Agreement”). By such Holders acceptance of Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes, such Holder acknowledges and agrees to the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement, including without
limitation the obligations of the Holders with respect to indemnification of the Company and the Guarantors to the extent provided therein. 
  
 (18) CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security
Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers
either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
  

(19) GOVERNING LAW. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE
USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES. 
  

 A2-8 

 The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture
and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to: 
  
 MetroPCS, Inc. 
 8144 Walnut Hill Lane 
 Dallas, Texas 75231 
 Telecopier No.: (214) 265-2570 
 Attention: Chief Financial Officer 
  

 A2-9 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
  
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
  
 (I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:
________________________________________________________________________ 
 (Insert assignee’s legal name) 

 
 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 
 (Insert assignee’s
soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.) 
  
 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 
  
 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 
  
 ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 
  
 (Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 
  
 and irrevocably appoint
______________________________________________________________________________________to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
  
 Date:
                             

	Your Signature:	 	  

 (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note) 
  

	Signature Guarantee*:	 	  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  

 A2-9 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT
PURCHASE 
  
 If you want to elect to have this Note
purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below: 
  

	 ̈ Section 4.10	 	 ̈ Section 4.15

  
 If you want to elect
to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 
  

$                             
  
 Date:
                                 
  

	            Your Signature:	 	  

 (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note) 
  

	            Tax Identification No.:	 	  

  

	Signature Guarantee*:	 	  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  

 A2-10 

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL 
 NOTE 
  
 The following exchanges of a part of this Regulation S Temporary Global Note for an interest in another Global Note, or exchanges of a part of another
other Restricted Global Note for an interest in this Regulation S Temporary Global Note, have been made: 
  

	 Date of Exchange

	 	 Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount
 of this Global Note

	 	 Amount of increase in
Principal Amount
 of this Global Note

	  	 Principal Amount
 of this Global Note
following such
 decrease
 (or increase)

	  	 Signature of authorized
 officer of Trustee or
Custodian

  

 A2-11 

 EXHIBIT B 
  
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
  
 MetroPCS, Inc. 
 8144 Walnut Hill Lane 
 Dallas, Texas 75231 
  
 U.S. Bank National Association 
 60 Livingston Avenue 
 St. Paul, Minnesota 55107-2292 
 Attention: Corporate Finance Department 
  
 Re: 10 3/4% Senior Notes due 2011 
  
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of September 29, 2003 (the “Indenture”), among
MetroPCS, Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

  
                     , (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s]
specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $                     in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”),
to                      (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the
Transferor hereby certifies that: 
  
 [CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

  
 1.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being
effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is
being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion,
and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities
laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in
the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  
 2.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery
of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, the Regulation S Permanent Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903
or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the
United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore
securities market and 

  

 B-1 

 
neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed
selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the
Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, (x) the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser) and
(y) the interest transferred will be held immediately thereafter through Euroclear or Clearstream. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will
be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the
Securities Act. 
  
 3.  ̈ Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities
Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in
accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one): 
  
 (a)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act; 
  
 or 
  
 (b)  ̈ such Transfer is being
effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof; 
  
 or 
  
 (c)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act; 
  
 or 
  
 (d)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A,
Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions
applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to
the Indenture and (2) if such Transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes at the time of transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to
this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be
subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the IAI Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  

 B-2 

 4.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. 
  

(a)  ̈ Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule
144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of
the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance
with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted
Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
  
 (b)  ̈ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the
Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private
Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no
longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
  
 (c)  ̈ Check if
Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with
the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in
order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on
transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
  
 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company. 
  

	 	 	  

	 	 	 	 	[Insert Name of Transferor]
			
	 	 	By:	 	  

	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title:

	 Dated:                        
	 	 	 	 

  

 B-3 

 ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
  

		
	 1.
	  	 The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

	
	[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]
			
	 	  	        (a)  ̈  	 	 a beneficial interest in the:

			
	 	  	(i)  	 	  ̈ 144A Global Note (CUSIP
            ), or

			
	 	  	(ii) 	 	  ̈ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP
            ), or

			
	 	  	(iii)	 	  ̈ IAI Global Note (CUSIP
            ); or

			
	 	  	(b)  ̈  	 	 a Restricted Definitive Note.

		
	 2.
	  	 After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

	[CHECK ONE]
			
	 	  	        (a)  ̈  	 	 a beneficial interest in the:

			
	 	  	(i)  	 	  ̈ 144A Global Note (CUSIP
            ), or

			
	 	  	(ii) 	 	  ̈ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP
            ), or

			
	 	  	(iii)	 	  ̈ IAI Global Note (CUSIP
            ); or

			
	 	  	(iv)	 	  ̈ Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP
            ); or

			
	 	  	(b)  ̈  	 	 a Restricted Definitive Note; or

			
	 	  	(c)  ̈  	 	 an Unrestricted Definitive Note,

		
	 	  	 in accordance with the terms of the Indenture

  

 B-4 

 EXHIBIT C 
  
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE 
  
 MetroPCS, Inc. 
 8144 Walnut Hill Lane 
 Dallas, Texas 75231 
  
 U.S. Bank National Association 
 60 Livingston Avenue 
 St. Paul, Minnesota 55107-2292 
 Attention: Corporate Finance Department 
  
 Re: 10 3/4% Senior Notes due 2011 
  
 (CUSIP             ) 
  
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of September 29, 2003
(the “Indenture”), among MetroPCS, Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings
given to them in the Indenture. 
  
                     , (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified
herein, in the principal amount of $                     in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with
the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that: 
  
 1.
Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note 
  
 (a)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such
Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on
transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any
applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
  
 (b)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection
with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii)
such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the
Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

  

 C-1 

 (c)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted
Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted
Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and
(iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
  
 (d)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted
Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired
for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the
restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any
applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
  
 2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes 
  
 (a)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for
a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance
with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the
Securities Act. 
  
 (b)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted
Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE]  ̈ 144A Global Note,  ̈ Regulation S Global Note,  ̈ IAI Global Note with an equal principal amount,
the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global
Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  
 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your
benefit and the benefit of the Company. 
  

	 	  	 	 	  

	 	  	[Insert Name of Transferor]
			
	 	  	By:	 	  

	 	  	 Name:

	 	  	 Title:

	 Dated:
                        
	  	 	 	 

  
  

 C-2 

 EXHIBIT D 
  
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM 
 ACQUIRING
INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR 
  
 MetroPCS,
Inc. 
 8144 Walnut Hill Lane 
 Dallas, Texas 75231 
  
 U.S. Bank National Association 
 60 Livingston Avenue 
 St. Paul, Minnesota 55107-2292 
 Attention: Corporate Finance Department 
  
 Re: 10 3/4% Senior Notes due 2011

  
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of
September 29, 2003 (the “Indenture”), among MetroPCS, Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall
have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
  
 In
connection with our proposed purchase of $                     aggregate principal amount of: 
  
 (a)  ̈            a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or 
  
 (b)  ̈            a Definitive Note, 
  
 we confirm that: 
  
 1. We
understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the
Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). 
  
 2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes
and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any
interest therein, we will do so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (C) to an institutional
“accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and, if such
transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes, at the time of transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (D)
outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act,
and we further agree to provide to any Person purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that
resales thereof are restricted as stated herein. 
  

 D-1 

 3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be
required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that
the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect. 
  
 4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of
evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 
  
 5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts
(each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion. 
  
 You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party
in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. 
  

	 	 	 	 	  

	 	 	 	 	[Insert Name of Accredited Investor]
			
	 	 	 By:
	 	  

	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title:

			
	 Dated:
                        
	 	 	 	 

  

 D-2 

 EXHIBIT E 
  
 FORM OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEE NOTATION 
  
 For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed,
to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture dated as of September 29, 2003 (the “Indenture”) among MetroPCS, Inc. (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and U.S.
Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on, the Notes, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or
otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance
with the terms of the Indenture and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the
extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Subsidiary Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 10
of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Subsidiary Guarantee. Each Holder of a Note, by accepting the same agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions. 
  
 Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to them
in the Indenture. 
  

	 [GUARANTOR]

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title:

  

 E-1 

 EXHIBIT F 
  
 FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
 TO BE DELIVERED
BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS 
  
 SUPPLEMENTAL
INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of                 , 200    , among
                     (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of MetroPCS, Inc. (or its permitted successor), a Delaware
corporation (the “Company”), the Company, the other Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”).

  
 W I T N E S S E T H 
  
 WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an
indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of September 29, 2003 providing for the issuance of 103⁄4% Senior Notes due 2011 (the “Notes”); 
  
 WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to
the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the
“Subsidiary Guarantee”); and 
  
 WHEREAS,
pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture. 
  
 NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the
Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 
  
 1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the
Indenture. 
  
 2. AGREEMENT TO
GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Subsidiary Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 10
thereof. 
  
 3. EXECUTION AND
DELIVERY. Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that the Subsidiary Guarantees shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee. 
  
 4. NO RECOURSE AGAINST
OTHERS. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or agent of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary
under the Notes, any Subsidiary Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases
all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against
public policy. 
  
 5. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF
THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 

  

 F-1 

 
BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE
REQUIRED THEREBY. 
  
 6. COUNTERPARTS. The parties
may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 
  
 7. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the
construction hereof. 
  
 8. THE
TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are
made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company. 
  

 F-2 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and
attested, all as of the date first above written. 
  
 Dated:
            , 20     
  

	 [GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 Name:

	 Title:

	
	 METROPCS, INC.

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 Name:

	 Title:

	
	 [EXISTING GUARANTORS]

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 Name:

	 Title:

	
	 U.S. BANK NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION,
  as Trustee

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 	 	 Authorized Signatory

  

 F-3Registration Rights Agreement dated September 29, 2003

 Exhibit 4.2 
  
 EXECUTION COPY 
  

  
 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

  
 Dated as of September 29, 2003 
 by and among 
  
 METROPCS, INC. 
 THE GUARANTORS LISTED ON SCHEDULE I HERETO 
  
 and 
  
 BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC. 
 UBS SECURITIES LLC 
  

 This Registration Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as
of September 29, 2003, by and among MetroPCS, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the guarantors listed on Schedule I hereto (the “Guarantors”) and Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. and UBS
Securities LLC (each an “Initial Purchaser” and, together, the “Initial Purchasers”), each of whom has agreed to purchase the Company’s 10 3/4% Senior Notes due 2011 (the “Initial Notes”) pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (as defined below). 
  
 This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated September
24, 2003 (the “Purchase Agreement”), by and among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers. In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to purchase the Initial Notes, the Company has agreed to provide the
registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers set forth in Section 8 of the Purchase Agreement. Capitalized terms used herein and not
otherwise defined shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Indenture, dated as of September 29, 2003, among the Company, the Guarantors and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, relating to the Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes (the
“Indenture”). 
  
 The parties hereby agree
as follows: 
  
 SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS 
  
 As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the
following meanings: 
  
 Act: The Securities Act of
1933, as amended. 
  
 Affiliate: As defined in Rule
144. 
  
 Broker-Dealer: Any broker or dealer
registered under the Exchange Act. 
  
 Business Day:
Any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York or at place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. 
  
 Closing Date: The date hereof. 
  
 Commission: The Securities and Exchange Commission. 

 
 Consummate: An Exchange Offer shall be deemed
“Consummated” for purposes of this Agreement upon the occurrence of (a) the filing and effectiveness under the Act of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer, (b) the
maintenance of such Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective and the keeping of the Exchange Offer open for a period not less than the period required pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof and (c) the delivery by the Company to the
Registrar under the Indenture of Exchange Notes in the same aggregate principal amount as the aggregate principal amount of Initial Notes tendered by Holders thereof pursuant to the Exchange Offer. 
  
 Consummation Deadline: As defined in Section 3(b) hereof.

 Effectiveness Deadline: As defined in Sections 3(a) and 4(a) hereof. 
  
 Exchange Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

  
 Exchange Notes: The Company’s 10 3/4% Senior Notes due 2011 to be issued pursuant to the Indenture: (i) in the Exchange Offer or (ii) as contemplated
by Section 4 hereof. 
  
 Exchange
Offer: The exchange and issuance by the Company of a principal amount of Exchange Notes (which shall be registered pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) equal to the outstanding principal amount of Initial Notes that are
tendered by such Holders in connection with such exchange and issuance. 
  
 Exchange Offer Registration Statement: The Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Offer, including the related Prospectus. 
  
 Filing Deadline: As defined in Sections 3(a) and 4(a) hereof. 
  
 Holders: As defined in Section 2 hereof. 
  
 Prospectus: The prospectus included in a Registration Statement at the time such Registration Statement is
declared effective, as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement and by all other amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference into such Prospectus. 
  
 Recommencement Date: As defined in Section 6(d) hereof.

  
 Registration Default: As defined in Section 5
hereof. 
  
 Registration Statement: Any registration
statement of the Company and the Guarantors relating to (a) an offering of Exchange Notes pursuant to an Exchange Offer or (b) the registration for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, in each case,
(i) that is filed pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, (ii) including the Prospectus included therein, and (iii) including all amendments and supplements thereto (including post-effective amendments) and all exhibits and material
incorporated by reference therein. 
  
 Rule 144:
Rule 144 promulgated under the Act. 
  
 Shelf Registration
Statement: As defined in Section 4 hereof. 
  
 Suspension Notice: As defined in Section 6(d) hereof. 
  
 TIA: The Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Section 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture. 
  

Transfer Restricted Securities: Each Initial Note until the earliest to occur of (a) the date on which such Initial Note has been
exchanged in the Exchange Offer by a Person other than a Broker-Dealer for an Exchange Note entitled to be resold to the public by the Holder 

  

 2 

 
thereof without complying with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Act, (b) following the exchange by a Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer of an
Initial Note for an Exchange Note, the date on which such Exchange Note is sold to a purchaser who receives from such Broker-Dealer on or prior to the date of such sale a copy of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement,
(c) the date on which such Initial Note has been effectively registered under the Act and disposed of in accordance with the Shelf Registration Statement (and the purchasers thereof have been issued Exchange Notes) or (d) the date on which such
Initial Note is distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144. 
  
 SECTION 2.
HOLDERS 
  
 A Person is deemed to be a holder of Transfer
Restricted Securities (each, a “Holder”) whenever such Person owns Transfer Restricted Securities. 
  
 SECTION 3. REGISTERED EXCHANGE OFFER 
  
 (a) Unless the Exchange Offer shall not be permitted by applicable law or Commission policy (after the procedures set forth in Section 6(a)(i) below have
been complied with), the Company and the Guarantors shall (i) cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be filed with the Commission no later than 90 days after the Closing Date (such 90th day being the “Filing
Deadline”), (ii) use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective no later than 210 days after the Closing Date (such 210th day being the
“Effectiveness Deadline”), (iii) in connection with the foregoing, (A) file all pre-effective amendments to such Exchange Offer Registration Statement as may be necessary in order to cause it to become
effective, (B) file, if applicable, a post-effective amendment to such Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 430A under the Act and (C) cause all necessary filings, if any, in connection with the registration and qualification of
the Exchange Notes to be made under the Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as are necessary to permit Consummation of the Exchange Offer, and (iv) upon the effectiveness of such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, commence and Consummate the
Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer shall be on the appropriate form permitting (i) registration of the offer and issuance of the Exchange Notes to be offered in exchange for the Initial Notes that are Transfer Restricted Securities and (ii) resales
of Exchange Notes by Broker-Dealers that tendered into the Exchange Offer Initial Notes that such Broker-Dealer acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Initial Notes acquired
directly from the Company or any of its Affiliates) as contemplated by Section 3(c) below. 
  
 (b) The Company and the Guarantors shall use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be effective continuously, and shall keep the Exchange Offer open for
a period of not less than the minimum period required under applicable federal and state securities laws to Consummate the Exchange Offer; provided, however, that in no event shall such period be less than 20 Business Days. The Company and
the Guarantors shall cause the Exchange Offer to comply with all applicable federal and state securities laws. No securities other than the Exchange Notes shall be included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. The Company and the Guarantors
shall use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer to be Consummated on the earliest practicable date after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement has become 

  

 3 

 
effective, but in no event later than 30 Business Days thereafter, or longer, if required by the federal securities laws (the last day of such period being
the “Consummation Deadline”). 
  
 (c) The
Company shall include a “Plan of Distribution” section in the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and indicate therein that any Broker-Dealer who holds Transfer Restricted Securities that were acquired for the
account of such Broker-Dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Initial Notes acquired directly from the Company or any Affiliate of the Company), may exchange such Transfer Restricted Securities
pursuant to the Exchange Offer. Such “Plan of Distribution” section shall also contain all other information with respect to such sales by such Broker-Dealers that the Commission may require in order to permit such sales pursuant thereto,
but such “Plan of Distribution” shall not name any such Broker-Dealer or disclose the amount of Transfer Restricted Securities held by any such Broker-Dealer, except to the extent required by the Commission as a result of a change in
policy, rules or regulations after the date of this Agreement. See the Shearman & Sterling no-action letter (available July 2, 1993). 
  
 Because such Broker-Dealer may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Act and must, therefore, deliver a prospectus meeting
the requirements of the Act in connection with its initial sale of any Exchange Notes received by such Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer, the Company and Guarantors shall permit the use of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement by such Broker-Dealer to satisfy such prospectus delivery requirement. To the extent necessary to ensure that the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is available for sales of Exchange Notes by
Broker-Dealers, the Company and the Guarantors agree to use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented, amended and current as required by and subject to
the provisions of Sections 6(a) and (c) hereof and in conformity with the requirements of this Agreement, the Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, for a period of 180 days from the date on
which the Exchange Offer is Consummated or such shorter period ending on the date when all Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold pursuant thereto. The Company and the Guarantors shall provide sufficient
copies of the latest version of such Prospectus to such Broker-Dealers, promptly upon request, and in no event later than two Business Days after such request, at any time during such period. 
  
 SECTION 4. SHELF REGISTRATION 
  
 (a) Shelf Registration. If (i) the Company and the Guarantors are not
(A) required to file the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or (B) permitted to Consummate the Exchange Offer because the Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law or Commission policy (after the Company and the Guarantors have complied
with the procedures set forth in Section 6(a)(i) below) or (ii) any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities notifies the Company prior to 20 Business Days following Consummation of the Exchange Offer that (A) such Holder was prohibited by law or
Commission policy from participating in the Exchange Offer, (B) such Holder may not resell the Exchange Notes acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and the 

  

 4 

 
Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales by such Holder or (C) such Holder is a
Broker-Dealer and holds Initial Notes acquired directly from the Company or any of its Affiliates, then the Company and the Guarantors shall: 
  
 (x) use their respective commercially reasonable efforts on or prior to 30 days after the earlier of (i) the date as of which the Company determines that
the Exchange Offer Registration Statement will not be or cannot be, as the case may be, filed as a result of clause (a)(i) above and (ii) the date on which the Company receives the notice specified in clause (a)(ii) above (such earlier date, the
“Filing Deadline”), to file a shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Act (which may be an amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (the “Shelf Registration
Statement”)), relating to all Transfer Restricted Securities, and 
  
 (y) use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to become effective on or prior to 60 days after the Filing Deadline for the Shelf Registration Statement (such 60th
day the “Effectiveness Deadline”). 
  
 If,
after the Company and the Guarantors have filed an Exchange Offer Registration Statement that satisfies the requirements of Section 3(a) above, the Company and the Guarantors are required to file and make effective a Shelf Registration Statement
solely because the Exchange Offer is not permitted under applicable federal law (i.e., clause (a)(i)(B) above), then the filing of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of clause (x) above;
provided that, in such event, the Company and the Guarantors shall remain obligated to meet the Effectiveness Deadline set forth in clause (y). 
  
 To the extent necessary to ensure that the Shelf Registration Statement is available for sales of Transfer Restricted Securities by the Holders thereof
entitled to the benefit of this Section 4(a) and the other securities required to be registered therein pursuant to Section 6(b)(ii) hereof, the Company and the Guarantors shall use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to keep any Shelf
Registration Statement required by this Section 4(a) continuously effective, supplemented, amended and current as required by and subject to the provisions of Sections 6(b) and (c) hereof and in conformity with the requirements of this Agreement,
the Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, until the expiration of the period referred to in Rule 144(k) (as extended pursuant to Section 6(d)), or such shorter period as will terminate when all
Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant thereto. 
  
 (b) Provision by Holders of Certain Information in Connection with the Shelf Registration Statement. No Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities
may include any of its Transfer Restricted Securities in any Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement unless and until such Holder furnishes to the Company in writing, within 20 days after receipt of a request therefor, the
information specified in Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K, as applicable, of the Act for use in connection with any Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus or preliminary prospectus included therein. No Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities
shall be entitled to liquidated damages pursuant to Section 5 hereof unless and until such Holder shall have provided all such information. Each selling Holder agrees to promptly furnish additional information required to be disclosed in order to
make the information previously furnished to the Company by such Holder not materially misleading. 
  

 5 

 SECTION 5. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 
  
 If (i) any Registration Statement required by this Agreement is not filed with the Commission on or prior to the applicable
Filing Deadline, (ii) any such Registration Statement has not been declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the applicable Effectiveness Deadline, (iii) the Exchange Offer has not been Consummated on or prior to the Consummation Deadline
or (iv) any Registration Statement required by this Agreement is filed and declared effective but shall thereafter cease to be effective or usable for its intended purpose without being succeeded within three days by a post-effective amendment to
such Registration Statement that cures such failure and that is itself declared effective within five days of filing such post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv), a
“Registration Default”), then the Company and the Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agree to pay to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities affected thereby liquidated damages in an amount equal to $0.05 per week
per $1,000 in principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities held by such Holder for each week or portion thereof that the Registration Default continues for the first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of such Registration
Default. The amount of the liquidated damages shall increase by an additional $0.05 per week per $1,000 in principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities with respect to each subsequent 90-day period until all Registration Defaults have been
cured, up to a maximum amount of liquidated damages of $0.20 per week per $1,000 in principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities; provided that the Company and the Guarantors shall in no event be required to pay liquidated damages for
more than one Registration Default at any given time. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, (1) upon filing of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (and/or, if applicable, the Shelf Registration Statement), in the case of
(i) above, (2) upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (and/or, if applicable, the Shelf Registration Statement), in the case of (ii) above, (3) upon Consummation of the Exchange Offer, in the case of (iii) above, or (4)
upon the filing of a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or an additional Registration Statement that causes the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (and/or, if applicable, the Shelf Registration Statement) to again be declared
effective or made usable in the case of (iv) above, the liquidated damages payable with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities as a result of such clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv), as applicable, shall cease. 
  
 All accrued liquidated damages shall be paid to the Holders entitled thereto,
in the manner provided for the payment of interest in the Indenture, on each Interest Payment Date, as more fully set forth in the Indenture and the Notes. Notwithstanding the fact that any securities for which liquidated damages are due cease to be
Transfer Restricted Securities, all obligations of the Company and the Guarantors to pay liquidated damages with respect to securities shall survive until such time as such obligations with respect to such securities shall have been satisfied in
full. 
  
 SECTION 6. REGISTRATION PROCEDURES 
  
 (a) Exchange Offer Registration Statement. In connection with the
Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantors shall (x) comply with all applicable provisions of Section 6(c) below, (y) use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to effect such exchange and to permit the resale of Exchange Notes by
Broker-Dealers that tendered in the Exchange Offer 

  

 6 

 
Initial Notes that such Broker-Dealer acquired for its own account as a result of its market-making activities or other trading activities (other than
Initial Notes acquired directly from the Company or any of its Affiliates) being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof, and (z) comply with all of the following provisions: 
  
 (i) If, following the date hereof there has been announced a
change in Commission policy with respect to exchange offers such as the Exchange Offer, that in the reasonable opinion of counsel to the Company raises a substantial question as to whether the Exchange Offer is permitted by applicable federal law,
the Company and the Guarantors hereby agree to seek a no-action letter or other favorable decision from the Commission allowing the Company and the Guarantors to Consummate an Exchange Offer for such Transfer Restricted Securities. The Company and
the Guarantors hereby agree to pursue the issuance of such a decision to the Commission staff level. In connection with the foregoing, the Company and the Guarantors hereby agree to take all such other actions as may be requested by the Commission
or otherwise required in connection with the issuance of such decision, including without limitation (A) participating in telephonic conferences with the Commission, (B) delivering to the Commission staff an analysis prepared by counsel to the
Company setting forth the legal bases, if any, upon which such counsel has concluded that such an Exchange Offer should be permitted and (C) diligently pursuing a resolution (which need not be favorable) by the Commission staff. 
  
 (ii) As a condition to its participation in the Exchange
Offer, each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (including, without limitation, any Holder who is a Broker-Dealer) shall furnish, upon the request of the Company, prior to the Consummation of the Exchange Offer, a written representation to the
Company and the Guarantors (which may be contained in the letter of transmittal contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) to the effect that (A) it is not an Affiliate of the Company, (B) it is not engaged in, and does not intend to
engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer and (C) it is acquiring the Exchange Notes in its ordinary course of business. As a
condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer each Holder using the Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the Exchange Notes shall acknowledge and agree that, if the resales are of Exchange Notes obtained by such Holder in
exchange for Initial Notes acquired directly from the Company or an Affiliate thereof, it (1) could not, under Commission policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement, rely on the position of the Commission enunciated in Morgan Stanley and
Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the Commission’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993, and similar no-action letters
(including, if applicable, any no-action letter obtained pursuant to clause (i) above), and (2) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction and that such a
secondary resale transaction must be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K. 
  

 7 

 (iii) Prior to effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Company
and the Guarantors shall provide a supplemental letter to the Commission (A) stating that the Company and the Guarantors are registering the Exchange Offer in reliance on the position of the Commission enunciated in Exxon Capital Holdings
Corporation (available May 13, 1988), Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) as interpreted in the Commission’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993, and, if applicable, any no-action letter
obtained pursuant to clause (i) above, (B) including a representation that neither the Company nor any Guarantor has entered into any arrangement or understanding with any Person to distribute the Exchange Notes to be received in the Exchange Offer
and that, to the best of the Company’s and each Guarantor’s information and belief, each Holder participating in the Exchange Offer is acquiring the Exchange Notes in its ordinary course of business and has no arrangement or understanding
with any Person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Notes received in the Exchange Offer and (C) any other undertaking or representation required by the Commission as set forth in any no-action letter obtained pursuant to clause (i)
above, if applicable. 
  
 (b) Shelf Registration
Statement. In connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall: 
  
 (i) comply with all the provisions of Section 6(c) below and use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to effect such
registration to permit the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof (as indicated in the information furnished to the Company pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof),
and pursuant thereto the Company and the Guarantors will prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement relating to the registration on any appropriate form under the Act, which form shall be available for the sale of the Transfer
Restricted Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof within the time periods and otherwise in accordance with the provisions hereof; 
  
 (ii) issue, upon the request of any Holder or purchaser of Initial Notes covered by any Shelf Registration
Statement contemplated by this Agreement, Exchange Notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Initial Notes sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement and surrendered to the Company for cancellation;
the Company shall register Exchange Notes on the Shelf Registration Statement for this purpose and issue the Exchange Notes to the purchaser(s) of securities subject to the Shelf Registration Statement in the names as such purchaser(s) shall
designate; 
  
 (iii) advise each Holder promptly
and, if requested by such Holder, confirm such advice in writing, (A) when the Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to any Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment
thereto, when the same has become effective, (B) of any request by the Commission for amendments to the Shelf Registration Statement or amendments or supplements to the Prospectus or for additional information relating thereto, (C) of the issuance
by the Commission of any stop order suspending the 

  

 8 

 
effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement under the Act or of the suspension by any state securities commission of the qualification of the Transfer
Restricted Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation of any proceeding for any of the preceding purposes, and (D) of the existence of any fact or the happening of any event that makes any statement of a material fact
made in the Shelf Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any amendment or supplement thereto or any document incorporated by reference therein untrue, or that requires the making of any additions to or changes in the Shelf Registration Statement in
order to make the statements therein not misleading, or that requires the making of any additions to or changes in the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

  
 (iv) furnish to each Holder in connection
with such exchange or sale, if any, before filing with the Commission, copies of any Shelf Registration Statement or any Prospectus included therein or any amendments or supplements to any such Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus (including
all documents incorporated by reference after the initial filing of such Registration Statement), which documents will be subject to the review and comment of such Holders in connection with such sale, if any, for a period of at least five Business
Days, and the Company will not file any such Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any such Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus (including all such documents incorporated by reference) to which such
Holders shall reasonably object within five Business Days after the receipt thereof. A Holder shall be deemed to have reasonably objected to such filing if such Shelf Registration Statement, amendment, Prospectus or supplement, as applicable, as
proposed to be filed, contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or fails to comply with the applicable requirements of the Act; 
  
 (v) promptly prior to the filing of any document that is to
be incorporated by reference into a Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus in connection with such exchange or sale, if any, provide copies of such document to each Holder, make the Company’s and the Guarantors’ representatives
available for discussion of such document and other customary due diligence matters, and include such information in such document prior to the filing thereof as such Holders may reasonably request; 
  
 (vi) make available, at reasonable times, for inspection by
each Holder and any attorney or accountant retained by such Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents of the Company and the Guarantors and cause the Company’s and the Guarantors’ officers, directors and
employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Holder, attorney or accountant in connection with such Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto subsequent to the filing thereof and prior to its
effectiveness; provided, however, that such Persons first agree in writing with the Company that any information that is reasonably and in good faith designated by the Company in writing as confidential at the time of delivery of such
information will be kept confidential by such Persons, unless (A) disclosure of such information is required by court or administrative order or is necessary to respond to inquires of regulatory authorities, (B) disclosure of such information is
required by law 

  

 9 

 
(including any disclosure requirements pursuant to federal securities laws in connection with the filing of such Shelf Registration Statement or the use of
any Prospectus), (C) such information becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure or failure to safeguard such information by such Person or (D) such information becomes available to such Person from a source
other than the Company and its subsidiaries and such source is not known, after reasonable inquiry, by such Person to be bound by a confidentiality agreement; provided further that, to the extent the foregoing investigation is being made
contemporaneously by more than two Holders, there shall be (x) one attorney and one accountant retained by all Holders to make such investigation and (y) not more than two representatives designated by and on behalf of all Holders to make such
investigation for all Holders, and any such confidential information delivered to any such representative may be disclosed to the other Holders so long as the Holder agrees to be bound by such confidentiality agreement; 
  
 (vii) if requested by any Holders in connection with such
sale, promptly include in any Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus, pursuant to a supplement or post-effective amendment if necessary, such information as such Holders may reasonably request to have included therein, including, without
limitation, information relating to the “Plan of Distribution” of the Transfer Restricted Securities; and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the Company is
notified of the matters to be included in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment; 
  
 (viii) furnish to each Holder in connection with such sale, without charge, at least one copy of the Registration Statement, as first
filed with the Commission, and of each amendment thereto, and, upon request, all exhibits; 
  
 (ix) upon the request of any Holder, enter into such agreements (including underwriting agreements) and make such representations and
warranties and take all such other actions in connection therewith in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of the Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement as may be
reasonably requested by any Holder in connection with any sale or resale pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement. In such connection, the Company and the Guarantors shall: 
  
 (A) upon request of any Holder, furnish (or in the case of paragraphs (2) and (3), use their respective
commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be furnished) to each Holder, upon the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement: 
  
 (1) a certificate, dated such date, signed on behalf of the Company and each Guarantor by (x) the President or any Vice President and (y)
a principal financial or accounting officer of the Company and such Guarantor, confirming, as of the date thereof, the matters set forth in paragraphs 8(a), 8(b), 8(c) and 8(d) of the Purchase Agreement and such other similar matters as such Holders
may reasonably request; 
  

 10 

 (2) an opinion, dated the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, of
counsel for the Company and the Guarantors in customary form covering matters and beliefs similar to those set forth in Exhibit A to the Purchase Agreement and such other matters as such Holder may reasonably request; and 
  
 (3) a customary comfort letter, dated the date of
Consummation of the Exchange Offer, or as of the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, from the Company’s independent accountants, in the customary form and covering matters of the type customarily
covered in comfort letters to underwriters in connection with underwritten offerings, and affirming the matters set forth in the comfort letters delivered pursuant to Section 8(h) of the Purchase Agreement; and 
  
 (B) deliver such other documents and certificates as may be
reasonably requested by the selling Holders to evidence compliance with clause (A) above and with any customary conditions contained in the any agreement entered into by the Company and the Guarantors pursuant to this clause (ix); and 
  
 (x) prior to any public offering of Transfer Restricted
Securities, cooperate with the selling Holders and their counsel in connection with the registration and qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the selling Holders may
request and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement; provided, however, that neither the
Company nor any Guarantor shall be required to register or qualify as a foreign corporation where it is not now so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to the service of process in suits or to taxation, other than as to matters and
transactions relating to the Shelf Registration Statement, in any jurisdiction where it is not now so subject. 
  
 (c) General Provisions. In connection with any Registration Statement and any related Prospectus required by this Agreement, the Company and the
Guarantors shall: 
  
 (i) use their respective
commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective and provide all requisite financial statements for the period specified in Section 3 or 4 of this Agreement, as applicable. Upon the occurrence of any event
that would cause any such Registration Statement or the Prospectus contained therein (A) to contain an untrue statement of material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in
the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or (B) not to be effective and usable for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities during the period required by this Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors shall file
promptly an appropriate amendment to such Registration Statement curing such defect, and, if Commission review is required, use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to cause such amendment to be declared effective as 
  

 11 

 
soon as practicable. If at any time the Commission issues any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, or any state securities
commission or other regulatory authority issues an order suspending the qualification or exemption from qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under state securities or Blue Sky laws, the Company and the Guarantors shall use their
respective commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal or lifting of such order at the earliest possible time; 
  
 (ii) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to the applicable Registration Statement as may be
necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as the case may be; cause the Prospectus to be supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be
filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Act, and to comply fully with Rules 424, 430A and 462, as applicable, under the Act in a timely manner; and comply with the provisions of the Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such
Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus; 
  
 (iii) subject to Section 6(c)(i), if any fact or event
contemplated by Section 6(b)(iii)(D) above shall exist or have occurred, prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other
required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of Transfer Restricted Securities, the Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements
therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; 
  
 (iv) deliver to each Holder without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) and any amendment or
supplement thereto as such Persons reasonably may request; the Company and the Guarantors hereby consent to the use (in accordance with law) of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto by each selling Holder in connection with the
offering and the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto; 
  
 (v) in connection with any sale of Transfer Restricted Securities that will result in such securities no longer being Transfer Restricted
Securities, cooperate with the Holders to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and to register such Transfer Restricted
Securities in such denominations and such names as the selling Holders may request at least two Business Days prior to such sale of Transfer Restricted Securities; 
  
 (vi) use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to cause the disposition of the Transfer
Restricted Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof to consummate the disposition of such
Transfer Restricted Securities; provided, however, that neither the Company nor any 

  

 12 

 
Guarantor shall be required to register or qualify as a foreign corporation where it is not now so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to
the service of process in suits or to taxation, other than as to matters and transactions relating to the Registration Statement, in any jurisdiction where it is not now so subject; 
  
 (vii) provide a CUSIP number for all Transfer Restricted Securities not later than the effective date of a
Registration Statement covering such Transfer Restricted Securities and provide the Trustee under the Indenture with printed certificates for the Transfer Restricted Securities which are in a form eligible for deposit with the Depository Trust
Company; 
  
 (viii) otherwise use their
respective commercially efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make generally available to its security holders with regard to any applicable Registration Statement, as soon as practicable, a consolidated
earnings statement meeting the requirements of Rule 158 under the Act (which need not be audited) covering a twelve-month period beginning after the effective date of the Registration Statement (as such term is defined in paragraph (c) of Rule 158
under the Act); and 
  
 (ix) cause the Indenture
to be qualified under the TIA not later than the effective date of the first Registration Statement required by this Agreement and, in connection therewith, cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be
required for such Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the TIA; and execute and use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents that may be required to effect such changes
and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the Commission to enable such Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner. 
  
 (d) Restrictions on Holders. Each Holder agrees by acquisition of a Transfer Restricted Security that, upon receipt of the notice referred to in
Section 6(b)(iii)(C) or any notice from the Company of the existence of any fact of the kind described in Section 6(b)(iii)(D) hereof (in each case, a “Suspension Notice”), such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition
of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the applicable Registration Statement until (i) such Holder has received copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(iii) hereof, or (ii) such Holder is advised in
writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated by reference in the Prospectus (in each case, the “Recommencement
Date”). Each Holder receiving a Suspension Notice hereby agrees that it will either (i) destroy any Prospectuses, other than permanent file copies, then in such Holder’s possession which have been replaced by the Company with more
recently dated Prospectuses or (ii) deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies, then in such Holder’s possession of the Prospectus covering such Transfer Restricted Securities that was
current at the time of receipt of the Suspension Notice. The time period regarding the effectiveness of such Registration Statement set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, shall be extended by a number of days equal to the number of days
in the period from and including the date of delivery of the Suspension Notice to the Recommencement Date. 
  

 13 

 SECTION 7. REGISTRATION EXPENSES 
  
 (a) All expenses incident to the Company’s and the Guarantors’ performance of or compliance with this Agreement
will be borne by the Company, regardless of whether a Registration Statement becomes effective, including without limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees and expenses; (ii) all fees and expenses of compliance with federal securities and
state Blue Sky or securities laws; (iii) all expenses of printing (including printing certificates for the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer and printing of Prospectuses), messenger and delivery services and telephone; (iv) all fees
and disbursements of counsel for the Company, the Guarantors; (v) all fees and disbursements of not more than one counsel for the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities, as selected by a majority of such Holders; and (vi) all fees and
disbursements of independent certified public accountants of the Company and the Guarantors (including the expenses of any special audit and comfort letters required by or incident to such performance). 
  
 The Company will, in any event, bear its and the Guarantors’ internal
expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expenses of any annual audit and the fees and expenses of any Person, including special experts, retained by
the Company or the Guarantors. 
  
 (b) In connection with any
Registration Statement required by this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and the Shelf Registration Statement), the Company and the Guarantors will reimburse the Initial Purchasers and the Holders
of Transfer Restricted Securities who are tendering Initial Notes into in the Exchange Offer and/or selling or reselling Initial Notes or Exchange Notes pursuant to the “Plan of Distribution” contained in the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement, as applicable, for the reasonable fees and disbursements of not more than one counsel, who shall be Latham & Watkins LLP, unless another firm shall be chosen by the Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities for whose benefit such Registration Statement is being prepared. 
  
 (c) Each Holder will pay all underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder’s
Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement. 
  
 SECTION 8. INDEMNIFICATION 
  
 (a) The Company
and the Guarantors agree, jointly and severally, to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, its directors, officers and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act),
from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, (including without limitation, any legal or other expenses incurred in connection with investigating or defending any matter, including any action that could give rise to
any such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus or Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement
thereto) provided by the Company to any Holder or any prospective purchaser of Exchange Notes or registered Initial Notes, or caused by any omission or alleged 

  

 14 

 
omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such
losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments are caused by an untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission that is based upon information relating to any of the Holders furnished in writing to the Company by any of the
Holders. 
  
 (b) Each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities
agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and the Guarantors, and their respective directors and officers, and each person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the
Exchange Act) the Company, or the Guarantors to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company and the Guarantors set forth in section (a) above, but only with reference to information relating to such Holder furnished in writing to the
Company by such Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement. In no event shall any Holder, its directors, officers or any Person who controls such Holder be liable or responsible for any amount in excess of the amount by which the total
amount received by such Holder with respect to its sale of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement exceeds (i) the amount paid by such Holder for such Transfer Restricted Securities and (ii) the amount of any damages that
such Holder, its directors, officers or any Person who controls such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. 
  
 (c) In case any action shall be commenced involving any person in respect of
which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 8(a) or 8(b) (the “indemnified party”), the indemnified party shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “indemnifying
person”) in writing and the indemnifying party shall assume and control the defense of such action, including the employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party and the payment of all fees and expenses of such
counsel, as incurred (except that in the case of any action in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to both Sections 8(a) and 8(b), a Holder shall not be required to assume the defense of such action pursuant to this Section 8(c), but
may employ separate counsel and participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel, except as provided below, shall be at the expense of the Holder). Any indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in
any such action and participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of the indemnified party unless (i) the employment of such counsel shall have been specifically authorized in writing by the
indemnifying party, (ii) the indemnifying party shall have failed to assume the defense of such action or employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party or (iii) the named parties to any such action (including any impleaded parties)
include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party, and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded, based on the advice of such counsel, that there may be one or more legal defenses available to it which are different from or
additional to those available to the indemnifying party (in which case the indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party). In any such case, the indemnifying party shall not, in
connection with any one action or separate but substantially similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of
attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) for all indemnified parties and all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. Such firm shall be designated in writing by a 

  

 15 

 
majority of the Holders, in the case of the parties indemnified pursuant to Section 8(a), and by the Company and Guarantors, in the case of parties
indemnified pursuant to Section 8(b). The indemnifying party shall indemnify and hold harmless the indemnified party from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and judgments by reason of any settlement of any action (i)
effected with its written consent or (ii) effected without its written consent if the settlement is entered into more than twenty Business Days after the indemnifying party shall have received a request from the indemnified party for reimbursement
for the fees and expenses of counsel (in any case where such fees and expenses are at the expense of the indemnifying party) and, prior to the date of such settlement, the indemnifying party shall have failed to comply with such reimbursement
request. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action in respect of which the
indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity or contribution may be or could have been sought hereunder by the indemnified party, unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the
indemnified party from all liability on claims that are or could have been the subject matter of such action and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of the indemnified
party. 
  
 (d) To the extent that the indemnification provided for
in this Section 8 is unavailable to an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments referred to therein, then each indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the
amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantors, on the one
hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, from their sale of Transfer Restricted Securities or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause 8(d)(i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the
relative benefits referred to in clause 8(d)(i) above but also the relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and of the Holder, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses,
claims, damages, liabilities or judgments, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and of the Holder, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to,
among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or such Guarantor, on the one hand, or by the Holder,
on the other hand, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. 
  
 The Company, the Guarantors and each Holder agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8(d) were determined by
pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. The amount
paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or
other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any matter, including any action that could have given rise to such 

  

 16 

 
losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8, no Holder, its directors, its officers or any Person, if
any, who controls such Holder shall be required to contribute, in the aggregate, any amount in excess of the amount by which the total received by such Holder with respect to the sale of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to a Registration
Statement exceeds (i) the amount paid by such Holder for such Transfer Restricted Securities and (ii) the amount of any damages which such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or
alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Holders’
obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 8(d) are several in proportion to the respective principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities held by each Holder hereunder and not joint. 
  
 SECTION 9. RULE 144A AND RULE 144 
  
 The Company and each Guarantor agrees with each Holder, for so long as any
Transfer Restricted Securities remain outstanding and during any period in which the Company or such Guarantor (i) is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, to make available, upon request of any Holder, to such Holder or beneficial
owner of Transfer Restricted Securities in connection with any sale thereof and any prospective purchaser of such Transfer Restricted Securities designated by such Holder or beneficial owner, the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Act
in order to permit resales of such Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to Rule 144A under the Act, and (ii) is subject to Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Exchange Act, to make all filings required thereby in a timely manner in order to permit
resales of such Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to Rule 144. 
  
 SECTION 10. MISCELLANEOUS 
  
 (a) No
Inconsistent Agreements. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor will, on or after the date of this Agreement, enter into any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or
otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor has previously entered into any agreement granting any registration rights with respect to its securities to any Person that would require such securities to be
included in any Registration Statement filed hereunder. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of the Company’s and the Guarantors’
securities under any agreement in effect on the date hereof. 
  
 (b) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless (i) in the case of Section 5
hereof and this Section 10(c)(i), the Company has obtained the written consent of Holders of 66 2/3% of the
outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities (excluding Transfer Restricted Securities held by the Company or its Affiliates) and (ii) in the case of all other provisions hereof, the Company has obtained the written consent of
Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities (excluding Transfer Restricted Securities held by the Company or its Affiliates). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to departure from the

  

 17 

 
provisions hereof that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose Transfer Restricted Securities are being tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer,
and that does not affect directly or indirectly the rights of other Holders whose Transfer Restricted Securities are not being tendered pursuant to such Exchange Offer, may be given by the Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of
Transfer Restricted Securities subject to such Exchange Offer. 
  
 (c) Additional Guarantors. The Company shall cause any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined in the Indenture) that becomes, prior to the consummation of the Exchange Offer, a Guarantor in accordance with the terms and
provisions of the Indenture to become a party to this Agreement as a Guarantor. It is understood and agreed that if, prior to the Exchange Offer, a Guarantor that has executed this Agreement is no longer a Guarantor under the Indenture pursuant to
and in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture, such Guarantor shall no longer be a Guarantor for purposes of this Agreement. 
  
 (d) Third Party Beneficiary. The Holders shall be third party beneficiaries to the agreements made hereunder between the Company and the
Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent they may deem such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights or the rights of
Holders hereunder. 
  
 (e) Notices. All notices and other
communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telecopier or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery: 
  
 (i) if to a Holder, at the address set forth on the records
of the Registrar under the Indenture, with a copy to the Registrar under the Indenture; and 
  
 (ii) if to the Company or the Guarantors: 
  

	 MetroPCS, Inc.

	 8144 Walnut Hill Lane

	 Dallas, Texas 75231

	 Telecopier No.: (214) 265-2570

	 Attention: Chief Financial Officer

	
	 With a copy to:

	
	 Andrews & Kurth L.L.P.

	 600 Travis, Suite 4200

	 Houston, Texas 77002

	 Telecopier No.: (713) 238-7279

	 Attention: Henry Havre

  
 All such notices and
communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the
next Business Day, if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery. 
  

 18 

 Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person
giving the same to the Trustee at the address specified in the Indenture. 
  
 (f) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including without limitation and without the need for an express
assignment, subsequent Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; provided that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities in violation of the terms hereof or of
the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture. If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Transfer Restricted Securities in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Transfer Restricted Securities shall be held subject to all of the
terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Transfer Restricted Securities such Person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement, including the
restrictions on resale set forth in this Agreement and, if applicable, the Purchase Agreement, and such Person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof. 
  

(g) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which
when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 
  
 (h) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

  
 (i) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
  
 (j) Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such
provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby. 
  
 (k) Entire Agreement. This Agreement is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and
exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein with
respect to the registration rights granted with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter. 
  

 19 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

  

	 METROPCS, INC.

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Roger D. Linquist

	 	 	 Name:  Roger D. Linquist

	 	 	 Title:    President and Chief Executive Officer

  

	 METROPCS WIRELESS, INC.

	 METROPCS CALIFORNIA/FLORIDA, INC.

	 METROPCS CHICO, INC.

	 METROPCS GEORGIA, INC.

	 GWI PCS1, INC.

	 GWI PCS2, INC.

	 GWI PCS3, INC.

	 GWI PCS4, INC.

	 GWI PCS5, INC.

	 GWI PCS6, INC.

	 GWI PCS7, INC.

	 GWI PCS8, INC.

	 GWI PCS9, INC.

	 GWI PCS10, INC.

	 GWI PCS11, INC.

	 GWI PCS12, INC.

	 GWI PCS13, INC.

	 GWI PCS14, INC.

	 REAUCTION, INC.

	 PCS81, LLC

  

	 By:
	 	 /s/ Roger D. Linquist

	 	 	 Name:  Roger D. Linquist

	 	 	 Title:    President and Chief Executive Officer of
        each of the foregoing entities

	 BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Fred J. Turpin, Jr.

	 	 	 Name: Fred J. Turpin, Jr.

	 	 	 Title: Managing Director

	
	 UBS SECURITIES LLC

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ John C. Duggan

	 	 	 Name: John C. Duggan

	 	 	 Title: Director

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Michael F. Newcomb II

	 	 	 Name: Michael F. Newcomb II

	 	 	 Title: Director, High Yield Capital Markets

 SCHEDULE I 
  

MetroPCS Wireless, Inc. 
  
 MetroPCS California/Florida, Inc. 
  
 MetroPCS
Chico, Inc. 
  
 MetroPCS Georgia, Inc. 
  
 GWI PCS1, Inc. 
  
 GWI PCS2, Inc. 
  
 GWI PCS3, Inc. 
  
 GWI PCS4, Inc. 
  
 GWI PCS5, Inc. 
  
 GWI PCS6, Inc. 
  
 GWI PCS7, Inc. 
  
 GWI PCS8, Inc. 
  
 GWI PCS9, Inc. 
  
 GWI PCS10, Inc. 
  
 GWI PCS11, Inc. 
  
 GWI PCS12, Inc. 
  
 GWI PCS13, Inc. 
  
 GWI PCS14, Inc. 
  
 Reauction, Inc. 

 
 PCS81, LLC

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00059-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00059-of-00352.parquet"}]]